]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blame - man/systemd.network.xml
network/dhcp4: disable IPv6OnlyMode= by default
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / man / systemd.network.xml
CommitLineData
514094f9 1<?xml version='1.0'?>
3a54a157 2<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN"
eea10b26 3 "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd">
db9ecf05 4<!-- SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1-or-later -->
eac684ef 5
d9b20454
ZJS
6<refentry id="systemd.network" conditional='ENABLE_NETWORKD'
7 xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude">
eac684ef 8
798d3a52
ZJS
9 <refentryinfo>
10 <title>systemd.network</title>
11 <productname>systemd</productname>
798d3a52
ZJS
12 </refentryinfo>
13
14 <refmeta>
15 <refentrytitle>systemd.network</refentrytitle>
16 <manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
17 </refmeta>
18
19 <refnamediv>
20 <refname>systemd.network</refname>
21 <refpurpose>Network configuration</refpurpose>
22 </refnamediv>
23
24 <refsynopsisdiv>
25 <para><filename><replaceable>network</replaceable>.network</filename></para>
26 </refsynopsisdiv>
27
28 <refsect1>
29 <title>Description</title>
30
add469f5
YW
31 <para>A plain ini-style text file that encodes network configuration for matching network
32 interfaces, used by
798d3a52 33 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-networkd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
675fa6ea 34 See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.syntax</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>
d4de2b2a 35 for a general description of the syntax.</para>
798d3a52 36
bac150e9
ZJS
37 <para>The main network file must have the extension <filename>.network</filename>; other
38 extensions are ignored. Networks are applied to links whenever the links appear.</para>
39
dc0d4078
ZJS
40 <para>The <filename>.network</filename> files are read from the files located in the system network
41 directories <filename>/usr/lib/systemd/network</filename> and
42 <filename>/usr/local/lib/systemd/network</filename>, the volatile runtime network directory
43 <filename>/run/systemd/network</filename> and the local administration network directory
add469f5 44 <filename>/etc/systemd/network</filename>. All configuration files are collectively sorted and
cc9b6bdc
YW
45 processed in alphanumeric order, regardless of the directories in which they live. However, files
46 with identical filenames replace each other. It is recommended that each filename is prefixed with
2c453485
YW
47 a number smaller than <literal>70</literal> (e.g. <filename>10-eth0.network</filename>). Otherwise, the
48 default <filename>.network</filename> files or those generated by
cc9b6bdc
YW
49 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-network-generator.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>
50 may take precedence over user configured files. Files in <filename>/etc/</filename> have the highest
add469f5
YW
51 priority, files in <filename>/run/</filename> take precedence over files with the same name under
52 <filename>/usr/</filename>. This can be used to override a system-supplied configuration file with
53 a local file if needed. As a special case, an empty file (file size 0) or symlink with the same
54 name pointing to <filename>/dev/null</filename> disables the configuration file entirely (it is
55 "masked").</para>
bac150e9
ZJS
56
57 <para>Along with the network file <filename>foo.network</filename>, a "drop-in" directory
58 <filename>foo.network.d/</filename> may exist. All files with the suffix
e6655fbe
YW
59 <literal>.conf</literal> from this directory will be merged in the alphanumeric order and parsed
60 after the main file itself has been parsed. This is useful to alter or add configuration settings,
61 without having to modify the main configuration file. Each drop-in file must have appropriate
62 section headers.</para>
bac150e9
ZJS
63
64 <para>In addition to <filename>/etc/systemd/network</filename>, drop-in <literal>.d</literal>
65 directories can be placed in <filename>/usr/lib/systemd/network</filename> or
66 <filename>/run/systemd/network</filename> directories. Drop-in files in
3b121157
ZJS
67 <filename>/etc/</filename> take precedence over those in <filename>/run/</filename> which in turn
68 take precedence over those in <filename>/usr/lib/</filename>. Drop-in files under any of these
b1e91af8 69 directories take precedence over the main network file wherever located.</para>
798d3a52
ZJS
70 </refsect1>
71
72 <refsect1>
73 <title>[Match] Section Options</title>
74
add469f5 75 <para>The network file contains a [Match] section, which determines if a given network file may
cc9b6bdc
YW
76 be applied to a given interface; and a [Network] section specifying how the interface should be
77 configured. The first (in alphanumeric order) of the network files that matches a given interface
78 is applied, all later files are ignored, even if they match as well.</para>
798d3a52 79
ba87a61d
YW
80 <para>Note that any network interfaces that have the <varname>ID_NET_MANAGED_BY=</varname> udev property
81 set will never be matched by any .network files – unless the property's value is the string
82 <literal>io.systemd.Network</literal> – even if the [Match] section would otherwise match. This may be
83 used to exclude specific network interfaces from <command>systemd-networkd</command>'s management, while
2a94838b 84 keeping the [Match] section generic. The <varname>ID_NET_MANAGED_BY=</varname> property thus declares
ba87a61d
YW
85 intended <emphasis>ownership</emphasis> of the device, and permits ensuring that concurrent network
86 management implementations do not compete for management of specific devices.</para>
87
add469f5
YW
88 <para>A network file is said to match a network interface if all matches specified by the [Match]
89 section are satisfied. When a network file does not contain valid settings in [Match] section, then
90 the file will match all interfaces and <command>systemd-networkd</command> warns about that. Hint:
91 to avoid the warning and to make it clear that all interfaces shall be matched, add the following:
92 <programlisting>Name=*</programlisting> The following keys are accepted:</para>
93
94 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
95 <xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="mac-address" />
96 <xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="permanent-mac-address" />
97 <xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="path" />
98 <xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="driver" />
99 <xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="type" />
65022cd7 100 <xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="kind" />
add469f5
YW
101 <xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="property" />
102
103 <varlistentry>
104 <term><varname>Name=</varname></term>
105 <listitem>
106 <para>A whitespace-separated list of shell-style globs matching the device name, as exposed
107 by the udev property <literal>INTERFACE</literal>, or device's alternative names. If the
108 list is prefixed with a "!", the test is inverted.</para>
aefdc112
AK
109
110 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
add469f5
YW
111 </listitem>
112 </varlistentry>
113
114 <varlistentry>
115 <term><varname>WLANInterfaceType=</varname></term>
116 <listitem>
117 <para>A whitespace-separated list of wireless network type. Supported values are
118 <literal>ad-hoc</literal>, <literal>station</literal>, <literal>ap</literal>,
119 <literal>ap-vlan</literal>, <literal>wds</literal>, <literal>monitor</literal>,
120 <literal>mesh-point</literal>, <literal>p2p-client</literal>, <literal>p2p-go</literal>,
121 <literal>p2p-device</literal>, <literal>ocb</literal>, and <literal>nan</literal>. If the
122 list is prefixed with a "!", the test is inverted. </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
123
124 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/>
add469f5
YW
125 </listitem>
126 </varlistentry>
127
128 <varlistentry>
129 <term><varname>SSID=</varname></term>
130 <listitem>
131 <para>A whitespace-separated list of shell-style globs matching the SSID of the currently
132 connected wireless LAN. If the list is prefixed with a "!", the test is inverted.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
133
134 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/>
add469f5
YW
135 </listitem>
136 </varlistentry>
137
138 <varlistentry>
139 <term><varname>BSSID=</varname></term>
140 <listitem>
141 <para>A whitespace-separated list of hardware address of the currently connected wireless
142 LAN. Use full colon-, hyphen- or dot-delimited hexadecimal. See the example in
143 <varname>MACAddress=</varname>. This option may appear more than once, in which case the
144 lists are merged. If the empty string is assigned to this option, the list is reset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
145
146 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/>
add469f5
YW
147 </listitem>
148 </varlistentry>
149
150 <xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="host" />
151 <xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="virtualization" />
152 <xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="kernel-command-line" />
153 <xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="kernel-version" />
4f80cfca 154 <xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="credential" />
add469f5
YW
155 <xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="architecture" />
156 <xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="firmware" />
157 </variablelist>
798d3a52
ZJS
158 </refsect1>
159
160 <refsect1>
161 <title>[Link] Section Options</title>
162
a94ed9bd 163 <para>The [Link] section accepts the following keys:</para>
798d3a52
ZJS
164
165 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
166 <varlistentry>
167 <term><varname>MACAddress=</varname></term>
168 <listitem>
de25aae1 169 <para>The hardware address to set for the device.</para>
aefdc112
AK
170
171 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/>
798d3a52
ZJS
172 </listitem>
173 </varlistentry>
add469f5 174
798d3a52
ZJS
175 <varlistentry>
176 <term><varname>MTUBytes=</varname></term>
177 <listitem>
add469f5
YW
178 <para>The maximum transmission unit in bytes to set for the device. The usual suffixes K, M,
179 G, are supported and are understood to the base of 1024.</para>
180 <para>Note that if IPv6 is enabled on the interface, and the MTU is chosen below 1280 (the
181 minimum MTU for IPv6) it will automatically be increased to this value.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
182
183 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/>
798d3a52
ZJS
184 </listitem>
185 </varlistentry>
add469f5 186
99d2baa2
SS
187 <varlistentry>
188 <term><varname>ARP=</varname></term>
189 <listitem>
9b6ffef3
YW
190 <para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, the ARP (low-level Address Resolution Protocol)
191 for this interface is enabled. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
99d2baa2
SS
192 <para> For example, disabling ARP is useful when creating multiple MACVLAN or VLAN virtual
193 interfaces atop a single lower-level physical interface, which will then only serve as a
194 link/"bridge" device aggregating traffic to the same physical link and not participate in
937e305e 195 the network otherwise. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
196
197 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/>
99d2baa2
SS
198 </listitem>
199 </varlistentry>
add469f5 200
e6ebebbe
SS
201 <varlistentry>
202 <term><varname>Multicast=</varname></term>
203 <listitem>
add469f5
YW
204 <para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, the multicast flag on the device is enabled. Defaults
205 to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
206
207 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/>
866e6b7a
SS
208 </listitem>
209 </varlistentry>
add469f5 210
866e6b7a
SS
211 <varlistentry>
212 <term><varname>AllMulticast=</varname></term>
213 <listitem>
add469f5
YW
214 <para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, the driver retrieves all multicast packets from the
215 network. This happens when multicast routing is enabled. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
216
217 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/>
937e305e
SS
218 </listitem>
219 </varlistentry>
add469f5 220
937e305e
SS
221 <varlistentry>
222 <term><varname>Promiscuous=</varname></term>
223 <listitem>
add469f5
YW
224 <para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, promiscuous mode of the interface is enabled. Defaults
225 to unset.</para>
226 <para>If this is set to false for the underlying link of a <literal>passthru</literal> mode
227 MACVLAN/MACVTAP, the virtual interface will be created with the <literal>nopromisc</literal>
228 flag set.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
229
230 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
e6ebebbe
SS
231 </listitem>
232 </varlistentry>
add469f5 233
a09dc546
DM
234 <varlistentry>
235 <term><varname>Unmanaged=</varname></term>
236 <listitem>
add469f5
YW
237 <para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, no attempts are made to bring up or
238 configure matching links, equivalent to when there are no matching network files. Defaults to
a09dc546 239 <literal>no</literal>.</para>
add469f5
YW
240 <para>This is useful for preventing later matching network files from interfering with
241 certain interfaces that are fully controlled by other applications.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
242
243 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/>
a09dc546
DM
244 </listitem>
245 </varlistentry>
add469f5 246
89fe6535
SS
247 <varlistentry>
248 <term><varname>Group=</varname></term>
249 <listitem>
add469f5
YW
250 <para>Link groups are similar to port ranges found in managed switches. When network
251 interfaces are added to a numbered group, operations on all the interfaces from that group
252 can be performed at once. Takes an unsigned integer in the range 0…2147483647. Defaults to
253 unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
254
255 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
89fe6535 256 </listitem>
0a9fb9ba 257 </varlistentry>
add469f5 258
c1a38904
MTL
259 <varlistentry>
260 <term><varname>RequiredForOnline=</varname></term>
261 <listitem>
3255bda6
YW
262 <para>Takes a boolean, a minimum operational state (e.g., <literal>carrier</literal>), or a range
263 of operational state separated with a colon (e.g., <literal>degraded:routable</literal>).
264 Please see
add469f5
YW
265 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
266 for possible operational states. When <literal>yes</literal>, the network is deemed required
267 when determining whether the system is online (including when running
268 <command>systemd-networkd-wait-online</command>). When <literal>no</literal>, the network is
269 ignored when determining the online state. When a minimum operational state and an optional
a853cc99
YW
270 maximum operational state are set, <command>systemd-networkd-wait-online</command> deems that the
271 interface is online when the operational state is in the specified range.</para>
3255bda6 272
add469f5
YW
273 <para>Defaults to <literal>yes</literal> when <varname>ActivationPolicy=</varname> is not
274 set, or set to <literal>up</literal>, <literal>always-up</literal>, or
275 <literal>bound</literal>. Defaults to <literal>no</literal> when
276 <varname>ActivationPolicy=</varname> is set to <literal>manual</literal> or
277 <literal>down</literal>. This is forced to <literal>no</literal> when
278 <varname>ActivationPolicy=</varname> is set to <literal>always-down</literal>.</para>
279
280 <para>The network will be brought up normally (as configured by
281 <varname>ActivationPolicy=</varname>), but in the event that there is no address being
282 assigned by DHCP or the cable is not plugged in, the link will simply remain offline and be
283 skipped automatically by <command>systemd-networkd-wait-online</command> if
284 <literal>RequiredForOnline=no</literal>.</para>
ec07c3c8 285
a853cc99
YW
286 <para>The boolean value <literal>yes</literal> is translated as follows;
287 <variablelist>
288 <varlistentry>
289 <term><option>CAN devices</option></term>
290 <listitem>
291 <para><literal>carrier</literal>,</para>
292 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v256"/>
293 </listitem>
294 </varlistentry>
295 <varlistentry>
296 <term><option>Master devices, e.g. bond or bridge</option></term>
297 <listitem>
298 <para><literal>degraded-carrier</literal> with <varname>RequiredFamilyForOnline=any</varname>,</para>
299 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v256"/>
300 </listitem>
301 </varlistentry>
302 <varlistentry>
303 <term><option>Bonding port interfaces</option></term>
304 <listitem>
305 <para><literal>enslaved</literal>,</para>
306 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v256"/>
307 </listitem>
308 </varlistentry>
309 <varlistentry>
310 <term><option>Other interfaces</option></term>
311 <listitem>
312 <para><literal>degraded</literal>.</para>
313 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/>
314 </listitem>
315 </varlistentry>
316 </variablelist>
317 </para>
318
319 <para>This setting can be overridden by the command line option for
320 <command>systemd-networkd-wait-online</command>. See
321 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-networkd-wait-online.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>
322 for more details.</para>
323
ec07c3c8 324 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/>
c1a38904
MTL
325 </listitem>
326 </varlistentry>
add469f5 327
8430841b
L
328 <varlistentry>
329 <term><varname>RequiredFamilyForOnline=</varname></term>
330 <listitem>
add469f5
YW
331 <para>Takes an address family. When specified, an IP address in the given family is deemed
332 required when determining whether the link is online (including when running
553022c4
333 <command>systemd-networkd-wait-online</command>). Takes one of <literal>ipv4</literal>,
334 <literal>ipv6</literal>, <literal>both</literal>, or <literal>any</literal>. Defaults to
c89efaf9
YW
335 <literal>no</literal>. Note that this option has no effect if
336 <literal>RequiredForOnline=no</literal>.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
337
338 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
8430841b
L
339 </listitem>
340 </varlistentry>
add469f5 341
61135582
DS
342 <varlistentry>
343 <term><varname>ActivationPolicy=</varname></term>
344 <listitem>
345 <para>Specifies the policy for <command>systemd-networkd</command> managing the link
346 administrative state. Specifically, this controls how <command>systemd-networkd</command>
347 changes the network device's <literal>IFF_UP</literal> flag, which is sometimes
add469f5
YW
348 controlled by system administrators by running e.g.,
349 <command>ip link set dev eth0 up</command> or <command>ip link set dev eth0 down</command>,
350 and can also be changed with <command>networkctl up eth0</command> or
351 <command>networkctl down eth0</command>.</para>
61135582
DS
352
353 <para>Takes one of <literal>up</literal>, <literal>always-up</literal>,
354 <literal>manual</literal>, <literal>always-down</literal>, <literal>down</literal>,
add469f5
YW
355 or <literal>bound</literal>. When <literal>manual</literal>,
356 <command>systemd-networkd</command> will not change the link's admin state automatically;
357 the system administrator must bring the interface up or down manually, as desired. When
358 <literal>up</literal> (the default) or <literal>always-up</literal>, or
359 <literal>down</literal> or <literal>always-down</literal>,
360 <command>systemd-networkd</command> will set the link up or down, respectively, when the
361 interface is (re)configured. When <literal>always-up</literal> or
362 <literal>always-down</literal>, <command>systemd-networkd</command> will set the link up or
363 down, respectively, any time <command>systemd-networkd</command> detects a change in the
364 administrative state. When <varname>BindCarrier=</varname> is also set, this is automatically
365 set to <literal>bound</literal> and any other value is ignored.</para>
366
367 <para>When the policy is set to <literal>down</literal> or <literal>manual</literal>, the
368 default value of <varname>RequiredForOnline=</varname> is <literal>no</literal>. When the
369 policy is set to <literal>always-down</literal>, the value of
7c644a69
DS
370 <varname>RequiredForOnline=</varname> forced to <literal>no</literal>.</para>
371
61135582 372 <para>The administrative state is not the same as the carrier state, so using
add469f5
YW
373 <literal>always-up</literal> does not mean the link will never lose carrier. The link carrier
374 depends on both the administrative state as well as the network device's physical connection.
375 However, to avoid reconfiguration failures, when using <literal>always-up</literal>,
61135582 376 <varname>IgnoreCarrierLoss=</varname> is forced to true.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
377
378 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
61135582
DS
379 </listitem>
380 </varlistentry>
798d3a52
ZJS
381 </variablelist>
382 </refsect1>
383
bd29dfef 384 <xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="sr-iov" />
518cd6b5 385
798d3a52
ZJS
386 <refsect1>
387 <title>[Network] Section Options</title>
388
add469f5
YW
389 <para>The [Network] section accepts the following keys:</para>
390
391 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
392 <varlistentry>
393 <term><varname>Description=</varname></term>
394 <listitem>
395 <para>A description of the device. This is only used for presentation purposes.</para>
aefdc112
AK
396
397 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
add469f5
YW
398 </listitem>
399 </varlistentry>
400
401 <varlistentry>
402 <term><varname>DHCP=</varname></term>
403 <listitem>
404 <para>Enables DHCPv4 and/or DHCPv6 client support. Accepts <literal>yes</literal>,
405 <literal>no</literal>, <literal>ipv4</literal>, or <literal>ipv6</literal>. Defaults to
406 <literal>no</literal>.</para>
407
f217f9a8
ZJS
408 <para>Note that DHCPv6 will by default be triggered by Router Advertisements, if reception is
409 enabled, regardless of this parameter. By explicitly enabling DHCPv6 support here, the DHCPv6
410 client will be started in the mode specified by the <varname>WithoutRA=</varname> setting in the
411 [DHCPv6] section, regardless of the presence of routers on the link, or what flags the routers
412 pass. See <varname>IPv6AcceptRA=</varname>.</para>
add469f5
YW
413
414 <para>Furthermore, note that by default the domain name specified through DHCP is not used
415 for name resolution. See option <option>UseDomains=</option> below.</para>
416
417 <para>See the [DHCPv4] or [DHCPv6] sections below for further configuration options for the
418 DHCP client support.</para>
aefdc112
AK
419
420 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
add469f5
YW
421 </listitem>
422 </varlistentry>
423
424 <varlistentry>
425 <term><varname>DHCPServer=</varname></term>
426 <listitem>
427 <para>Takes a boolean. If set to <literal>yes</literal>, DHCPv4 server will be started.
428 Defaults to <literal>no</literal>. Further settings for the DHCP server may be set in the
429 [DHCPServer] section described below.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
430
431 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/>
add469f5
YW
432 </listitem>
433 </varlistentry>
434
435 <varlistentry>
436 <term><varname>LinkLocalAddressing=</varname></term>
437 <listitem>
438 <para>Enables link-local address autoconfiguration. Accepts <option>yes</option>,
439 <option>no</option>, <option>ipv4</option>, and <option>ipv6</option>. An IPv6 link-local
440 address is configured when <option>yes</option> or <option>ipv6</option>. An IPv4 link-local
441 address is configured when <option>yes</option> or <option>ipv4</option> and when DHCPv4
442 autoconfiguration has been unsuccessful for some time. (IPv4 link-local address
443 autoconfiguration will usually happen in parallel with repeated attempts to acquire a DHCPv4
444 lease).</para>
445
446 <para>Defaults to <option>no</option> when <varname>KeepMaster=</varname> or
447 <varname>Bridge=</varname> is set or when the specified
448 <varname>MACVLAN=</varname>/<varname>MACVTAP=</varname> has <varname>Mode=passthru</varname>,
449 or <option>ipv6</option> otherwise.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
450
451 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/>
add469f5
YW
452 </listitem>
453 </varlistentry>
454
455 <varlistentry>
456 <term><varname>IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode=</varname></term>
457 <listitem>
f81ac115 458 <para>Specifies how IPv6 link-local address is generated. Takes one of
add469f5
YW
459 <literal>eui64</literal>, <literal>none</literal>, <literal>stable-privacy</literal> and
460 <literal>random</literal>. When unset, <literal>stable-privacy</literal> is used if
461 <varname>IPv6StableSecretAddress=</varname> is specified, and if not,
462 <literal>eui64</literal> is used. Note that if <varname>LinkLocalAddressing=</varname> is
463 <literal>no</literal> or <literal>ipv4</literal>, then
464 <varname>IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode=</varname> will be ignored. Also, even if
465 <varname>LinkLocalAddressing=</varname> is <literal>yes</literal> or <literal>ipv6</literal>,
466 setting <varname>IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode=none</varname>
467 disables to configure an IPv6 link-local address.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
468
469 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
add469f5
YW
470 </listitem>
471 </varlistentry>
472
473 <varlistentry>
474 <term><varname>IPv6StableSecretAddress=</varname></term>
475 <listitem>
476 <para>Takes an IPv6 address. The specified address will be used as a stable secret for
477 generating IPv6 link-local address. If this setting is specified, and
478 <varname>IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode=</varname> is unset, then
479 <varname>IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode=stable-privacy</varname> is implied.
480 If this setting is not specified, and <literal>stable-privacy</literal> is set to
481 <varname>IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode=</varname>,
482 then a stable secret address will be generated from the local machine ID and the interface
483 name.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
484
485 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
add469f5
YW
486 </listitem>
487 </varlistentry>
488
34b63c9e
AK
489 <varlistentry>
490 <term><varname>IPv4LLStartAddress=</varname></term>
491 <listitem>
d3efcd2d
YW
492 <para>Specifies the first IPv4 link-local address to try. Takes an IPv4 address for example
493 169.254.1.2, from the link-local address range: 169.254.0.0/16 except for 169.254.0.0/24 and
494 169.254.255.0/24. This setting may be useful if the device should always have the same address
495 as long as there is no address conflict. When unset, a random address will be automatically
496 selected. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
497
498 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/>
34b63c9e
AK
499 </listitem>
500 </varlistentry>
501
add469f5
YW
502 <varlistentry>
503 <term><varname>IPv4LLRoute=</varname></term>
504 <listitem>
505 <para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, sets up the route needed for non-IPv4LL hosts to
506 communicate with IPv4LL-only hosts. Defaults to false.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
507
508 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/>
add469f5
YW
509 </listitem>
510 </varlistentry>
511
512 <varlistentry>
513 <term><varname>DefaultRouteOnDevice=</varname></term>
514 <listitem>
15f330cf 515 <para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, sets up the IPv4 default route bound to the interface.
add469f5
YW
516 Defaults to false. This is useful when creating routes on point-to-point interfaces. This is
517 equivalent to e.g. the following,
518 <programlisting>ip route add default dev veth99</programlisting>
519 or,
520 <programlisting>[Route]
21d03e6c 521Gateway=0.0.0.0</programlisting></para>
add469f5
YW
522 <para>Currently, there are no way to specify e.g., the table for the route configured by this
523 setting. To configure the default route with such an additional property, please use the
524 following instead:
525 <programlisting>[Route]
21d03e6c 526Gateway=0.0.0.0
15f330cf
YW
527Table=1234</programlisting></para>
528 <para>If you'd like to create an IPv6 default route bound to the interface, please use the
529 following:
530 <programlisting>[Route]
531Gateway=::
21d03e6c 532Table=1234</programlisting></para>
ec07c3c8
AK
533
534 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
add469f5
YW
535 </listitem>
536 </varlistentry>
c4a05aa1 537
dd5f3175 538 <varlistentry>
add469f5 539 <term><varname>LLMNR=</varname></term>
dd5f3175 540 <listitem>
add469f5
YW
541 <para>Takes a boolean or <literal>resolve</literal>. When true, enables
542 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4795">Link-Local Multicast Name Resolution</ulink>
543 on the link. When set to <literal>resolve</literal>, only resolution is enabled, but not host
544 registration and announcement. Defaults to true. This setting is read by
545 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
dd5f3175 546 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
547
548 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/>
dd5f3175
SS
549 </listitem>
550 </varlistentry>
add469f5 551
dd5f3175 552 <varlistentry>
add469f5 553 <term><varname>MulticastDNS=</varname></term>
dd5f3175 554 <listitem>
add469f5
YW
555 <para>Takes a boolean or <literal>resolve</literal>. When true, enables
556 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6762">Multicast DNS</ulink> support on the link.
557 When set to <literal>resolve</literal>, only resolution is enabled, but not host or service
558 registration and announcement. Defaults to false. This setting is read by
559 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
dd5f3175 560 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
561
562 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v229"/>
dd5f3175
SS
563 </listitem>
564 </varlistentry>
add469f5 565
dad2d78e 566 <varlistentry>
add469f5 567 <term><varname>DNSOverTLS=</varname></term>
dad2d78e 568 <listitem>
add469f5
YW
569 <para>Takes a boolean or <literal>opportunistic</literal>. When true, enables
570 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7858">DNS-over-TLS</ulink> support on the link.
571 When set to <literal>opportunistic</literal>, compatibility with non-DNS-over-TLS servers is
572 increased, by automatically turning off DNS-over-TLS servers in this case. This option
573 defines a per-interface setting for
574 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>resolved.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>'s
575 global <varname>DNSOverTLS=</varname> option. Defaults to unset, and the global setting will
576 be used. This setting is read by
577 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
dad2d78e 578 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
579
580 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/>
dad2d78e
SS
581 </listitem>
582 </varlistentry>
add469f5 583
93b4dab5 584 <varlistentry>
add469f5 585 <term><varname>DNSSEC=</varname></term>
93b4dab5 586 <listitem>
add469f5
YW
587 <para>Takes a boolean or <literal>allow-downgrade</literal>. When true, enables
588 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4033">DNSSEC</ulink> DNS validation support on the
589 link. When set to <literal>allow-downgrade</literal>, compatibility with non-DNSSEC capable
590 networks is increased, by automatically turning off DNSSEC in this case. This option defines
591 a per-interface setting for
592 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>resolved.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>'s
593 global <varname>DNSSEC=</varname> option. Defaults to unset, and the global setting will be
594 used. This setting is read by
595 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
596 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
597
598 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v229"/>
add469f5
YW
599 </listitem>
600 </varlistentry>
61135582 601
add469f5
YW
602 <varlistentry>
603 <term><varname>DNSSECNegativeTrustAnchors=</varname></term>
604 <listitem>
605 <para>A space-separated list of DNSSEC negative trust anchor domains. If specified and DNSSEC
606 is enabled, look-ups done via the interface's DNS server will be subject to the list of
607 negative trust anchors, and not require authentication for the specified domains, or anything
608 below it. Use this to disable DNSSEC authentication for specific private domains, that cannot
609 be proven valid using the Internet DNS hierarchy. Defaults to the empty list. This setting is
610 read by
611 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
61135582 612 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
613
614 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v229"/>
93b4dab5
SS
615 </listitem>
616 </varlistentry>
add469f5 617
c98d78d3 618 <varlistentry>
add469f5 619 <term><varname>LLDP=</varname></term>
c98d78d3 620 <listitem>
add469f5
YW
621 <para>Controls support for Ethernet LLDP packet reception. LLDP is a link-layer protocol
622 commonly implemented on professional routers and bridges which announces which physical port
623 a system is connected to, as well as other related data. Accepts a boolean or the special
624 value <literal>routers-only</literal>. When true, incoming LLDP packets are accepted and a
625 database of all LLDP neighbors maintained. If <literal>routers-only</literal> is set only
626 LLDP data of various types of routers is collected and LLDP data about other types of devices
627 ignored (such as stations, telephones and others). If false, LLDP reception is disabled.
628 Defaults to <literal>routers-only</literal>. Use
629 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
630 to query the collected neighbor data. LLDP is only available on Ethernet links. See
631 <varname>EmitLLDP=</varname> below for enabling LLDP packet emission from the local system.
80060352 632 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
633
634 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/>
c98d78d3
YW
635 </listitem>
636 </varlistentry>
798d3a52 637
add469f5
YW
638 <varlistentry>
639 <term><varname>EmitLLDP=</varname></term>
640 <listitem>
641 <para>Controls support for Ethernet LLDP packet emission. Accepts a boolean parameter or the
642 special values <literal>nearest-bridge</literal>, <literal>non-tpmr-bridge</literal> and
643 <literal>customer-bridge</literal>. Defaults to false, which turns off LLDP packet emission.
644 If not false, a short LLDP packet with information about the local system is sent out in
645 regular intervals on the link. The LLDP packet will contain information about the local
646 hostname, the local machine ID (as stored in
647 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>machine-id</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>)
648 and the local interface name, as well as the pretty hostname of the system (as set in
649 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>machine-info</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>).
650 LLDP emission is only available on Ethernet links. Note that this setting passes data
651 suitable for identification of host to the network and should thus not be enabled on
652 untrusted networks, where such identification data should not be made available. Use this
653 option to permit other systems to identify on which interfaces they are connected to this
654 system. The three special values control propagation of the LLDP packets. The
655 <literal>nearest-bridge</literal> setting permits propagation only to the nearest connected
656 bridge, <literal>non-tpmr-bridge</literal> permits propagation across Two-Port MAC Relays,
657 but not any other bridges, and <literal>customer-bridge</literal> permits propagation until
658 a customer bridge is reached. For details about these concepts, see
659 <ulink url="https://standards.ieee.org/findstds/standard/802.1AB-2016.html">IEEE 802.1AB-2016</ulink>.
660 Note that configuring this setting to true is equivalent to
661 <literal>nearest-bridge</literal>, the recommended and most restricted level of propagation.
662 See <varname>LLDP=</varname> above for an option to enable LLDP reception.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
663
664 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/>
add469f5
YW
665 </listitem>
666 </varlistentry>
798d3a52 667
add469f5
YW
668 <varlistentry>
669 <term><varname>BindCarrier=</varname></term>
670 <listitem>
671 <para>A link name or a list of link names. When set, controls the behavior of the current
672 link. When all links in the list are in an operational down state, the current link is
673 brought down. When at least one link has carrier, the current interface is brought up.</para>
798d3a52 674
add469f5
YW
675 <para>This forces <varname>ActivationPolicy=</varname> to be set to <literal>bound</literal>.
676 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
677
678 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/>
add469f5
YW
679 </listitem>
680 </varlistentry>
e4a71bf3 681
add469f5
YW
682 <varlistentry>
683 <term><varname>Address=</varname></term>
684 <listitem>
685 <para>A static IPv4 or IPv6 address and its prefix length, separated by a
686 <literal>/</literal> character. Specify this key more than once to configure several
687 addresses. The format of the address must be as described in
688 <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>inet_pton</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
689 This is a short-hand for an [Address] section only containing an Address key (see below).
690 This option may be specified more than once.</para>
691
692 <para>If the specified address is <literal>0.0.0.0</literal> (for IPv4) or
693 <literal>::</literal> (for IPv6), a new address range of the requested size is automatically
694 allocated from a system-wide pool of unused ranges. Note that the prefix length must be equal
695 or larger than 8 for IPv4, and 64 for IPv6. The allocated range is checked against all
696 current network interfaces and all known network configuration files to avoid address range
697 conflicts. The default system-wide pool consists of 192.168.0.0/16, 172.16.0.0/12 and
698 10.0.0.0/8 for IPv4, and fd00::/8 for IPv6. This functionality is useful to manage a large
699 number of dynamically created network interfaces with the same network configuration and
700 automatic address range assignment.</para>
aefdc112 701
a61738b3
YW
702 <para>If an empty string is specified, then the all previous assignments in both [Network] and
703 [Address] sections are cleared.</para>
704
aefdc112 705 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
add469f5
YW
706 </listitem>
707 </varlistentry>
95b74ef6 708
add469f5
YW
709 <varlistentry>
710 <term><varname>Gateway=</varname></term>
711 <listitem>
712 <para>The gateway address, which must be in the format described in
713 <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>inet_pton</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
714 This is a short-hand for a [Route] section only containing a <varname>Gateway=</varname> key.
715 This option may be specified more than once.</para>
aefdc112
AK
716
717 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
add469f5
YW
718 </listitem>
719 </varlistentry>
95b74ef6 720
add469f5
YW
721 <varlistentry>
722 <term><varname>DNS=</varname></term>
723 <listitem>
724 <para>A DNS server address, which must be in the format described in
725 <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>inet_pton</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
726 This option may be specified more than once. Each address can optionally take a port number
727 separated with <literal>:</literal>, a network interface name or index separated with
728 <literal>%</literal>, and a Server Name Indication (SNI) separated with <literal>#</literal>.
729 When IPv6 address is specified with a port number, then the address must be in the square
730 brackets. That is, the acceptable full formats are
731 <literal>111.222.333.444:9953%ifname#example.com</literal> for IPv4 and
732 <literal>[1111:2222::3333]:9953%ifname#example.com</literal> for IPv6. If an empty string is
733 assigned, then the all previous assignments are cleared. This setting is read by
734 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
735 </para>
aefdc112
AK
736
737 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
add469f5
YW
738 </listitem>
739 </varlistentry>
bce67bbe 740
add469f5
YW
741 <varlistentry>
742 <term><varname>Domains=</varname></term>
743 <listitem>
744 <para>A whitespace-separated list of domains which should be resolved using the DNS servers
745 on this link. Each item in the list should be a domain name, optionally prefixed with a tilde
746 (<literal>~</literal>). The domains with the prefix are called "routing-only domains". The
747 domains without the prefix are called "search domains" and are first used as search suffixes
748 for extending single-label hostnames (hostnames containing no dots) to become fully qualified
749 domain names (FQDNs). If a single-label hostname is resolved on this interface, each of the
750 specified search domains are appended to it in turn, converting it into a fully qualified
751 domain name, until one of them may be successfully resolved.</para>
752
753 <para>Both "search" and "routing-only" domains are used for routing of DNS queries: look-ups
754 for hostnames ending in those domains (hence also single label names, if any "search domains"
755 are listed), are routed to the DNS servers configured for this interface. The domain routing
756 logic is particularly useful on multi-homed hosts with DNS servers serving particular private
757 DNS zones on each interface.</para>
758
759 <para>The "routing-only" domain <literal>~.</literal> (the tilde indicating definition of a
760 routing domain, the dot referring to the DNS root domain which is the implied suffix of all
761 valid DNS names) has special effect. It causes all DNS traffic which does not match another
762 configured domain routing entry to be routed to DNS servers specified for this interface.
763 This setting is useful to prefer a certain set of DNS servers if a link on which they are
764 connected is available.</para>
765
766 <para>This setting is read by
767 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
768 "Search domains" correspond to the <varname>domain</varname> and <varname>search</varname>
769 entries in
770 <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>resolv.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
771 Domain name routing has no equivalent in the traditional glibc API, which has no concept of
772 domain name servers limited to a specific link.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
773
774 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/>
add469f5
YW
775 </listitem>
776 </varlistentry>
bce67bbe 777
add469f5
YW
778 <varlistentry>
779 <term><varname>DNSDefaultRoute=</varname></term>
780 <listitem>
781 <para>Takes a boolean argument. If true, this link's configured DNS servers are used for
782 resolving domain names that do not match any link's configured <varname>Domains=</varname>
783 setting. If false, this link's configured DNS servers are never used for such domains, and
784 are exclusively used for resolving names that match at least one of the domains configured on
785 this link. If not specified defaults to an automatic mode: queries not matching any link's
786 configured domains will be routed to this link if it has no routing-only domains configured.
c953b24c 787 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
788
789 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/>
add469f5
YW
790 </listitem>
791 </varlistentry>
792
793 <varlistentry>
794 <term><varname>NTP=</varname></term>
cea79e66 795 <listitem>
add469f5
YW
796 <para>An NTP server address (either an IP address, or a hostname). This option may be
797 specified more than once. This setting is read by
798 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-timesyncd.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
799 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
800
801 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/>
add469f5
YW
802 </listitem>
803 </varlistentry>
798d3a52 804
add469f5
YW
805 <varlistentry>
806 <term><varname>IPForward=</varname></term>
807 <listitem>
808 <para>Configures IP packet forwarding for the system. If enabled, incoming packets on any
809 network interface will be forwarded to any other interfaces according to the routing table.
810 Takes a boolean, or the values <literal>ipv4</literal> or <literal>ipv6</literal>, which only
811 enable IP packet forwarding for the specified address family. This controls the
812 <filename>net.ipv4.ip_forward</filename> and <filename>net.ipv6.conf.all.forwarding</filename>
813 sysctl options of the network interface (see
0e685823 814 <ulink url="https://docs.kernel.org/networking/ip-sysctl.html">IP Sysctl</ulink>
add469f5
YW
815 for details about sysctl options). Defaults to <literal>no</literal>.</para>
816
817 <para>Note: this setting controls a global kernel option, and does so one way only: if a
818 network that has this setting enabled is set up the global setting is turned on. However,
819 it is never turned off again, even after all networks with this setting enabled are shut
820 down again.</para>
821
822 <para>To allow IP packet forwarding only between specific network interfaces use a firewall.
823 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
824
825 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/>
add469f5
YW
826 </listitem>
827 </varlistentry>
caa8ca42 828
add469f5
YW
829 <varlistentry>
830 <term><varname>IPMasquerade=</varname></term>
831 <listitem>
832 <para>Configures IP masquerading for the network interface. If enabled, packets forwarded
833 from the network interface will be appear as coming from the local host. Takes one of
834 <literal>ipv4</literal>, <literal>ipv6</literal>, <literal>both</literal>, or
835 <literal>no</literal>. Defaults to <literal>no</literal>. If enabled, this automatically sets
836 <varname>IPForward=</varname> to one of <literal>ipv4</literal>, <literal>ipv6</literal> or
837 <literal>yes</literal>.</para>
838 <para>Note. Any positive boolean values such as <literal>yes</literal> or
839 <literal>true</literal> are now deprecated. Please use one of the values in the above.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
840
841 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/>
add469f5
YW
842 </listitem>
843 </varlistentry>
844
845 <varlistentry>
846 <term><varname>IPv6PrivacyExtensions=</varname></term>
847 <listitem>
848 <para>Configures use of stateless temporary addresses that change over time (see
849 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4941">RFC 4941</ulink>,
850 Privacy Extensions for Stateless Address Autoconfiguration in IPv6). Takes a boolean or the
851 special values <literal>prefer-public</literal> and <literal>kernel</literal>. When true,
852 enables the privacy extensions and prefers temporary addresses over public addresses. When
853 <literal>prefer-public</literal>, enables the privacy extensions, but prefers public
854 addresses over temporary addresses. When false, the privacy extensions remain disabled. When
932ef6ec
YW
855 <literal>kernel</literal>, the kernel's default setting will be left in place. When unspecified,
856 the value specified in the same setting in
857 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
858 which defaults to <literal>no</literal>, will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
859
860 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v222"/>
add469f5
YW
861 </listitem>
862 </varlistentry>
863
864 <varlistentry>
865 <term><varname>IPv6AcceptRA=</varname></term>
866 <listitem>
867 <para>Takes a boolean. Controls IPv6 Router Advertisement (RA) reception support for the
868 interface. If true, RAs are accepted; if false, RAs are ignored. When RAs are accepted, they
869 may trigger the start of the DHCPv6 client if the relevant flags are set in the RA data, or
870 if no routers are found on the link. The default is to disable RA reception for bridge
871 devices or when IP forwarding is enabled, and to enable it otherwise. Cannot be enabled on
87d12211 872 devices aggregated in a bond device or when link-local addressing is disabled.</para>
add469f5
YW
873
874 <para>Further settings for the IPv6 RA support may be configured in the [IPv6AcceptRA]
875 section, see below.</para>
876
877 <para>Also see
0e685823 878 <ulink url="https://docs.kernel.org/networking/ip-sysctl.html">IP Sysctl</ulink>
add469f5
YW
879 in the kernel documentation regarding <literal>accept_ra</literal>, but note that systemd's
880 setting of <constant>1</constant> (i.e. true) corresponds to kernel's setting of
881 <constant>2</constant>.</para>
882
883 <para>Note that kernel's implementation of the IPv6 RA protocol is always disabled,
884 regardless of this setting. If this option is enabled, a userspace implementation of the IPv6
885 RA protocol is used, and the kernel's own implementation remains disabled, since
886 <command>systemd-networkd</command> needs to know all details supplied in the advertisements,
887 and these are not available from the kernel if the kernel's own implementation is used.
888 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
889
890 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v231"/>
add469f5
YW
891 </listitem>
892 </varlistentry>
893
894 <varlistentry>
895 <term><varname>IPv6DuplicateAddressDetection=</varname></term>
896 <listitem>
897 <para>Configures the amount of IPv6 Duplicate Address Detection (DAD) probes to send. When
898 unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
899
900 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v228"/>
add469f5
YW
901 </listitem>
902 </varlistentry>
903
904 <varlistentry>
905 <term><varname>IPv6HopLimit=</varname></term>
906 <listitem>
986e1823
YW
907 <para>Configures IPv6 Hop Limit. Takes an integer in the range 1…255. For each router that
908 forwards the packet, the hop limit is decremented by 1. When the hop limit field reaches zero, the
909 packet is discarded. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
910
911 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v228"/>
add469f5
YW
912 </listitem>
913 </varlistentry>
914
d4c8de21
MM
915 <varlistentry>
916 <term><varname>IPv6RetransmissionTimeSec=</varname></term>
917 <listitem>
918 <para>Configures IPv6 Retransmission Time. The time between retransmitted Neighbor
919 Solicitation messages. Used by address resolution and the Neighbor Unreachability
920 Detection algorithm. A value of zero is ignored and the kernel's current value
921 will be used. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's current value will be used.</para>
922
923 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v256"/>
924 </listitem>
925 </varlistentry>
926
9c72e8f8
SS
927 <varlistentry>
928 <term><varname>IPv4ReversePathFilter=</varname></term>
929 <listitem>
930 <para>Configure IPv4 Reverse Path Filtering. If enabled, when an IPv4 packet is received, the machine will first check
931 whether the <emphasis>source</emphasis> of the packet would be routed through the interface it came in. If there is no
932 route to the source on that interface, the machine will drop the packet. Takes one of
933 <literal>no</literal>, <literal>strict</literal>, or <literal>loose</literal>. When <literal>no</literal>,
934 no source validation will be done. When <literal>strict</literal>, mode each incoming packet is tested against the FIB and
935 if the incoming interface is not the best reverse path, the packet check will fail. By default failed packets are discarded.
936 When <literal>loose</literal>, mode each incoming packet's source address is tested against the FIB. The packet is dropped
937 only if the source address is not reachable via any interface on that router.
938 See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1027">RFC 3704</ulink>.
939 When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
940
941 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
9c72e8f8
SS
942 </listitem>
943 </varlistentry>
944
add469f5
YW
945 <varlistentry>
946 <term><varname>IPv4AcceptLocal=</varname></term>
947 <listitem>
948 <para>Takes a boolean. Accept packets with local source addresses. In combination with
949 suitable routing, this can be used to direct packets between two local interfaces over the
950 wire and have them accepted properly. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
951
952 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
add469f5
YW
953 </listitem>
954 </varlistentry>
955
956 <varlistentry>
957 <term><varname>IPv4RouteLocalnet=</varname></term>
958 <listitem>
959 <para>Takes a boolean. When true, the kernel does not consider loopback addresses as martian
960 source or destination while routing. This enables the use of 127.0.0.0/8 for local routing
961 purposes. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
962
963 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
add469f5
YW
964 </listitem>
965 </varlistentry>
966
967 <varlistentry>
968 <term><varname>IPv4ProxyARP=</varname></term>
969 <listitem>
970 <para>Takes a boolean. Configures proxy ARP for IPv4. Proxy ARP is the technique in which one
971 host, usually a router, answers ARP requests intended for another machine. By "faking" its
972 identity, the router accepts responsibility for routing packets to the "real" destination.
973 See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1027">RFC 1027</ulink>. When unset, the
974 kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
975
976 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/>
add469f5
YW
977 </listitem>
978 </varlistentry>
b4959550
RB
979
980 <varlistentry>
981 <term><varname>IPv4ProxyARPPrivateVLAN=</varname></term>
982 <listitem>
983 <para>Takes a boolean. Configures proxy ARP private VLAN for IPv4, also known as VLAN aggregation,
984 private VLAN, source-port filtering, port-isolation, or MAC-forced forwarding.</para>
985
986 <para>This variant of the ARP proxy technique will allow the ARP proxy to reply back to the same
987 interface.</para>
988
989 <para>See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3069">RFC 3069</ulink>. When unset,
990 the kernel's default will be used.</para>
991 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v256"/>
992 </listitem>
993 </varlistentry>
add469f5
YW
994
995 <varlistentry>
996 <term><varname>IPv6ProxyNDP=</varname></term>
997 <listitem>
998 <para>Takes a boolean. Configures proxy NDP for IPv6. Proxy NDP (Neighbor Discovery Protocol)
999 is a technique for IPv6 to allow routing of addresses to a different destination when peers
1000 expect them to be present on a certain physical link. In this case a router answers Neighbour
1001 Advertisement messages intended for another machine by offering its own MAC address as
1002 destination. Unlike proxy ARP for IPv4, it is not enabled globally, but will only send
1003 Neighbour Advertisement messages for addresses in the IPv6 neighbor proxy table, which can
1004 also be shown by <command>ip -6 neighbour show proxy</command>. systemd-networkd will control
1005 the per-interface `proxy_ndp` switch for each configured interface depending on this option.
1006 When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1007
1008 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/>
add469f5
YW
1009 </listitem>
1010 </varlistentry>
1011
1012 <varlistentry>
1013 <term><varname>IPv6ProxyNDPAddress=</varname></term>
1014 <listitem>
1015 <para>An IPv6 address, for which Neighbour Advertisement messages will be proxied. This
1016 option may be specified more than once. systemd-networkd will add the
1017 <varname>IPv6ProxyNDPAddress=</varname> entries to the kernel's IPv6 neighbor proxy table.
1018 This setting implies <varname>IPv6ProxyNDP=yes</varname> but has no effect if
1019 <varname>IPv6ProxyNDP=</varname> has been set to false. When unset, the kernel's default will
1020 be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1021
1022 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/>
add469f5
YW
1023 </listitem>
1024 </varlistentry>
1025
1026 <varlistentry>
1027 <term><varname>IPv6SendRA=</varname></term>
1028 <listitem>
1029 <para>Whether to enable or disable Router Advertisement sending on a link. Takes a boolean
1030 value. When enabled, prefixes configured in [IPv6Prefix] sections and routes configured in
1031 the [IPv6RoutePrefix] sections are distributed as defined in the [IPv6SendRA] section. If
1032 <varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname> is enabled, then the delegated prefixes are also
51219be9 1033 distributed. See <varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname> setting and the [IPv6SendRA],
add469f5
YW
1034 [IPv6Prefix], [IPv6RoutePrefix], and [DHCPPrefixDelegation] sections for more configuration
1035 options.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1036
1037 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/>
add469f5
YW
1038 </listitem>
1039 </varlistentry>
1040
1041 <varlistentry>
1042 <term><varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname></term>
1043 <listitem>
d68c797c
ZJS
1044 <para>Takes a boolean value. When enabled, requests subnet prefixes on another link via the DHCPv6
1045 protocol or via the 6RD option in the DHCPv4 protocol. An address within each delegated prefix will
1046 be assigned, and the prefixes will be announced through IPv6 Router Advertisement if
1047 <varname>IPv6SendRA=</varname> is enabled. This behaviour can be configured in the
1048 [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section. Defaults to disabled.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1049
1050 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
add469f5
YW
1051 </listitem>
1052 </varlistentry>
1053
1054 <varlistentry>
1055 <term><varname>IPv6MTUBytes=</varname></term>
1056 <listitem>
1057 <para>Configures IPv6 maximum transmission unit (MTU). An integer greater than or equal to
1058 1280 bytes. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1059
1060 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/>
add469f5
YW
1061 </listitem>
1062 </varlistentry>
1063
1064 <varlistentry>
1065 <term><varname>KeepMaster=</varname></term>
1066 <listitem>
1067 <para>Takes a boolean value. When enabled, the current master interface index will not be
1068 changed, and <varname>BatmanAdvanced=</varname>, <varname>Bond=</varname>,
1069 <varname>Bridge=</varname>, and <varname>VRF=</varname> settings are ignored. This may be
1070 useful when a netdev with a master interface is created by another program, e.g.
1071 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-nspawn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
1072 Defaults to false.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1073
1074 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
add469f5
YW
1075 </listitem>
1076 </varlistentry>
1077
1078 <varlistentry>
1079 <term><varname>BatmanAdvanced=</varname></term>
1080 <term><varname>Bond=</varname></term>
1081 <term><varname>Bridge=</varname></term>
1082 <term><varname>VRF=</varname></term>
1083 <listitem>
1084 <para>The name of the B.A.T.M.A.N. Advanced, bond, bridge, or VRF interface to add the link
1085 to. See
1086 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.netdev</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
1087 </para>
aefdc112
AK
1088
1089 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
add469f5
YW
1090 </listitem>
1091 </varlistentry>
1092
1093 <varlistentry>
1094 <term><varname>IPoIB=</varname></term>
1095 <term><varname>IPVLAN=</varname></term>
1096 <term><varname>IPVTAP=</varname></term>
add469f5
YW
1097 <term><varname>MACsec=</varname></term>
1098 <term><varname>MACVLAN=</varname></term>
1099 <term><varname>MACVTAP=</varname></term>
1100 <term><varname>Tunnel=</varname></term>
1101 <term><varname>VLAN=</varname></term>
1102 <term><varname>VXLAN=</varname></term>
1103 <term><varname>Xfrm=</varname></term>
1104 <listitem>
0c91c7a2 1105 <para>The name of an IPoIB, IPVLAN, IPVTAP, MACsec, MACVLAN, MACVTAP, tunnel, VLAN,
add469f5
YW
1106 VXLAN, or Xfrm to be created on the link. See
1107 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.netdev</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
1108 This option may be specified more than once.</para>
aefdc112
AK
1109
1110 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
add469f5
YW
1111 </listitem>
1112 </varlistentry>
1113
1114 <varlistentry>
1115 <term><varname>ActiveSlave=</varname></term>
1116 <listitem>
1117 <para>Takes a boolean. Specifies the new active slave. The <literal>ActiveSlave=</literal>
1118 option is only valid for following modes: <literal>active-backup</literal>,
1119 <literal>balance-alb</literal>, and <literal>balance-tlb</literal>. Defaults to false.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1120
1121 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
add469f5
YW
1122 </listitem>
1123 </varlistentry>
1124
1125 <varlistentry>
1126 <term><varname>PrimarySlave=</varname></term>
1127 <listitem>
1128 <para>Takes a boolean. Specifies which slave is the primary device. The specified device will
1129 always be the active slave while it is available. Only when the primary is off-line will
1130 alternate devices be used. This is useful when one slave is preferred over another, e.g.
1131 when one slave has higher throughput than another. The <literal>PrimarySlave=</literal>
1132 option is only valid for following modes: <literal>active-backup</literal>,
1133 <literal>balance-alb</literal>, and <literal>balance-tlb</literal>. Defaults to false.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1134
1135 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
add469f5
YW
1136 </listitem>
1137 </varlistentry>
1138
1139 <varlistentry>
1140 <term><varname>ConfigureWithoutCarrier=</varname></term>
1141 <listitem>
1142 <para>Takes a boolean. Allows networkd to configure a specific link even if it has no
1143 carrier. Defaults to false. If enabled, and the <varname>IgnoreCarrierLoss=</varname> setting
1144 is not explicitly set, then it is enabled as well.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1145
1146 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
add469f5
YW
1147 </listitem>
1148 </varlistentry>
1149
1150 <varlistentry>
1151 <term><varname>IgnoreCarrierLoss=</varname></term>
1152 <listitem>
b7326069
YW
1153 <para>Takes a boolean or a timespan. When true, <command>systemd-networkd</command> retains
1154 both the static and dynamic configuration of the interface even if its carrier is lost. When
1155 false, <command>systemd-networkd</command> drops both the static and dynamic configuration of
1156 the interface. When a timespan is specified, <command>systemd-networkd</command> waits for
1157 the specified timespan, and ignores the carrier loss if the link regain its carrier within
1158 the timespan. Setting 0 seconds is equivalent to <literal>no</literal>, and
1159 <literal>infinite</literal> is equivalent to <literal>yes</literal>.</para>
1160
1161 <para>Setting a finite timespan may be useful when e.g. in the following cases:
1162 <itemizedlist>
1163 <listitem>
1164 <para>A wireless interface connecting to a network which has multiple access points with
1165 the same SSID.</para>
1166 </listitem>
1167 <listitem>
1168 <para>Enslaving a wireless interface to a bond interface, which may disconnect from the
1169 connected access point and causes its carrier to be lost.</para>
1170 </listitem>
1171 <listitem>
1172 <para>The driver of the interface resets when the MTU is changed.</para>
1173 </listitem>
1174 </itemizedlist>
add469f5 1175 </para>
b7326069
YW
1176
1177 <para>When <varname>Bond=</varname> is specified to a wireless interface, defaults to 3
1178 seconds. When the DHCPv4 client is enabled and <varname>UseMTU=</varname> in the [DHCPv4]
b17a681b 1179 section enabled, defaults to 5 seconds. Otherwise, defaults to the value specified with
b7326069
YW
1180 <varname>ConfigureWithoutCarrier=</varname>. When <varname>ActivationPolicy=</varname> is set
1181 to <literal>always-up</literal>, this is forced to <literal>yes</literal>, and ignored any
1182 user specified values.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1183
1184 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/>
add469f5
YW
1185 </listitem>
1186 </varlistentry>
1187
1188 <varlistentry>
1189 <term><varname>KeepConfiguration=</varname></term>
1190 <listitem>
1191 <para>Takes a boolean or one of <literal>static</literal>, <literal>dhcp-on-stop</literal>,
1192 <literal>dhcp</literal>. When <literal>static</literal>, <command>systemd-networkd</command>
1193 will not drop static addresses and routes on starting up process. When set to
1194 <literal>dhcp-on-stop</literal>, <command>systemd-networkd</command> will not drop addresses
1195 and routes on stopping the daemon. When <literal>dhcp</literal>,
1196 the addresses and routes provided by a DHCP server will never be dropped even if the DHCP
1197 lease expires. This is contrary to the DHCP specification, but may be the best choice if,
1198 e.g., the root filesystem relies on this connection. The setting <literal>dhcp</literal>
1199 implies <literal>dhcp-on-stop</literal>, and <literal>yes</literal> implies
ea853de5
YW
1200 <literal>dhcp</literal> and <literal>static</literal>. Defaults to
1201 <literal>dhcp-on-stop</literal> when <command>systemd-networkd</command> is running in
1202 initrd, <literal>yes</literal> when the root filesystem is a network filesystem, and
1203 <literal>no</literal> otherwise.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1204
1205 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
add469f5
YW
1206 </listitem>
1207 </varlistentry>
1208 </variablelist>
1209 </refsect1>
1210
1211 <refsect1>
1212 <title>[Address] Section Options</title>
1213
1214 <para>An [Address] section accepts the following keys. Specify several [Address] sections to
1215 configure several addresses.</para>
1216
1217 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
1218 <varlistentry>
1219 <term><varname>Address=</varname></term>
1220 <listitem>
1221 <para>As in the [Network] section. This setting is mandatory. Each [Address] section can
1222 contain one <varname>Address=</varname> setting.</para>
ec07c3c8 1223
aefdc112 1224 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
add469f5
YW
1225 </listitem>
1226 </varlistentry>
1227
1228 <varlistentry>
1229 <term><varname>Peer=</varname></term>
1230 <listitem>
1231 <para>The peer address in a point-to-point connection. Accepts the same format as the
1232 <varname>Address=</varname> setting.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1233
1234 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/>
add469f5
YW
1235 </listitem>
1236 </varlistentry>
1237
1238 <varlistentry>
1239 <term><varname>Broadcast=</varname></term>
1240 <listitem>
1241 <para>Takes an IPv4 address or boolean value. The address must be in the format described in
1242 <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>inet_pton</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
1243 If set to true, then the IPv4 broadcast address will be derived from the
1244 <varname>Address=</varname> setting. If set to false, then the broadcast address will not be
1245 set. Defaults to true, except for wireguard interfaces, where it default to false.</para>
aefdc112
AK
1246
1247 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
add469f5
YW
1248 </listitem>
1249 </varlistentry>
1250
1251 <varlistentry>
1252 <term><varname>Label=</varname></term>
1253 <listitem>
1254 <para>Specifies the label for the IPv4 address. The label must be a 7-bit ASCII string with
1255 a length of 1…15 characters. Defaults to unset.</para>
aefdc112
AK
1256
1257 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
add469f5
YW
1258 </listitem>
1259 </varlistentry>
1260
1261 <varlistentry>
1262 <term><varname>PreferredLifetime=</varname></term>
1263 <listitem>
1264 <para>Allows the default "preferred lifetime" of the address to be overridden. Only three
1265 settings are accepted: <literal>forever</literal>, <literal>infinity</literal>, which is the
1266 default and means that the address never expires, and <literal>0</literal>, which means that
1267 the address is considered immediately "expired" and will not be used, unless explicitly
1268 requested. A setting of <option>PreferredLifetime=0</option> is useful for addresses which
1269 are added to be used only by a specific application, which is then configured to use them
1270 explicitly.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1271
1272 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/>
add469f5
YW
1273 </listitem>
1274 </varlistentry>
1275
1276 <varlistentry>
1277 <term><varname>Scope=</varname></term>
1278 <listitem>
1279 <para>The scope of the address, which can be <literal>global</literal> (valid everywhere on
1280 the network, even through a gateway), <literal>link</literal> (only valid on this device,
1281 will not traverse a gateway) or <literal>host</literal> (only valid within the device itself,
1282 e.g. 127.0.0.1) or an integer in the range 0…255. Defaults to <literal>global</literal>.
ecac4878 1283 IPv4 only - IPv6 scope is automatically assigned by the kernel and cannot be set manually.
add469f5 1284 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1285
1286 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
add469f5
YW
1287 </listitem>
1288 </varlistentry>
1289
1290 <varlistentry>
1291 <term><varname>RouteMetric=</varname></term>
1292 <listitem>
1293 <para>The metric of the prefix route, which is pointing to the subnet of the configured IP
1294 address, taking the configured prefix length into account. Takes an unsigned integer in the
1295 range 0…4294967295. When unset or set to 0, the kernel's default value is used. This
1296 setting will be ignored when <varname>AddPrefixRoute=</varname> is false.</para>
aefdc112
AK
1297
1298 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
add469f5
YW
1299 </listitem>
1300 </varlistentry>
1301
1302 <varlistentry>
1303 <term><varname>HomeAddress=</varname></term>
1304 <listitem>
1305 <para>Takes a boolean. Designates this address the "home address" as defined in
1306 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6275">RFC 6275</ulink>. Supported only on IPv6.
1307 Defaults to false.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1308
1309 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/>
add469f5
YW
1310 </listitem>
1311 </varlistentry>
1312
1313 <varlistentry>
1314 <term><varname>DuplicateAddressDetection=</varname></term>
1315 <listitem>
1316 <para>Takes one of <literal>ipv4</literal>, <literal>ipv6</literal>, <literal>both</literal>,
1317 or <literal>none</literal>. When <literal>ipv4</literal>, performs IPv4 Address Conflict
1318 Detection. See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5227">RFC 5227</ulink>.
1319 When <literal>ipv6</literal>, performs IPv6 Duplicate Address Detection. See
1320 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4862">RFC 4862</ulink>. Defaults to
2859932b
YW
1321 <literal>ipv4</literal> for IPv4 link-local addresses, <literal>ipv6</literal> for IPv6
1322 addresses, and <literal>none</literal> otherwise.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1323
1324 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/>
add469f5
YW
1325 </listitem>
1326 </varlistentry>
1327
1328 <varlistentry>
1329 <term><varname>ManageTemporaryAddress=</varname></term>
1330 <listitem>
1331 <para>Takes a boolean. If true the kernel manage temporary addresses created from this one as
1332 template on behalf of Privacy Extensions
1333 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3041">RFC 3041</ulink>. For this to become active,
1334 the use_tempaddr sysctl setting has to be set to a value greater than zero. The given address
1335 needs to have a prefix length of 64. This flag allows using privacy extensions in a manually
1336 configured network, just like if stateless auto-configuration was active. Defaults to false.
1337 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1338
1339 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/>
add469f5
YW
1340 </listitem>
1341 </varlistentry>
1342
1343 <varlistentry>
1344 <term><varname>AddPrefixRoute=</varname></term>
1345 <listitem>
1346 <para>Takes a boolean. When true, the prefix route for the address is automatically added.
1347 Defaults to true.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1348
1349 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
add469f5
YW
1350 </listitem>
1351 </varlistentry>
1352
1353 <varlistentry>
1354 <term><varname>AutoJoin=</varname></term>
1355 <listitem>
1356 <para>Takes a boolean. Joining multicast group on ethernet level via
1357 <command>ip maddr</command> command would not work if we have an Ethernet switch that does
1358 IGMP snooping since the switch would not replicate multicast packets on ports that did not
1359 have IGMP reports for the multicast addresses. Linux vxlan interfaces created via
1360 <command>ip link add vxlan</command> or networkd's netdev kind vxlan have the group option
6a1d8f11
JJ
1361 that enables them to do the required join. By extending <command>ip address</command> command
1362 with option <literal>autojoin</literal> we can get similar functionality for openvswitch (OVS)
1363 vxlan interfaces as well as other tunneling mechanisms that need to receive multicast traffic.
add469f5 1364 Defaults to <literal>no</literal>.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1365
1366 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/>
add469f5
YW
1367 </listitem>
1368 </varlistentry>
4b3590c3
TM
1369
1370 <varlistentry>
1371 <term><varname>NetLabel=</varname><replaceable>label</replaceable></term>
1372 <listitem>
1373
1374 <para>This setting provides a method for integrating static and dynamic network configuration into
1375 Linux <ulink url="https://docs.kernel.org/netlabel/index.html">NetLabel</ulink> subsystem rules,
1376 used by <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Linux_Security_Modules">Linux Security Modules
1377 (LSMs)</ulink> for network access control. The label, with suitable LSM rules, can be used to
1378 control connectivity of (for example) a service with peers in the local network. At least with
1379 SELinux, only the ingress can be controlled but not egress. The benefit of using this setting is
1380 that it may be possible to apply interface independent part of NetLabel configuration at very early
1381 stage of system boot sequence, at the time when the network interfaces are not available yet, with
1382 <citerefentry
1383 project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>netlabelctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
1384 and the per-interface configuration with <command>systemd-networkd</command> once the interfaces
1385 appear later. Currently this feature is only implemented for SELinux.</para>
1386
1387 <para>The option expects a single NetLabel label. The label must conform to lexical restrictions of
1388 LSM labels. When an interface is configured with IP addresses, the addresses and subnetwork masks
1389 will be appended to the <ulink
1390 url="https://github.com/SELinuxProject/selinux-notebook/blob/main/src/network_support.md">NetLabel
1391 Fallback Peer Labeling</ulink> rules. They will be removed when the interface is
1392 deconfigured. Failures to manage the labels will be ignored.</para>
1393
617b85d1
DT
1394 <warning>
1395 <para>Once labeling is enabled for network traffic, a lot of LSM access control points in
1396 Linux networking stack go from dormant to active. Care should be taken to avoid getting into a
1397 situation where for example remote connectivity is broken, when the security policy hasn't been
1398 updated to consider LSM per-packet access controls and no rules would allow any network
1399 traffic. Also note that additional configuration with <citerefentry
1400 project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>netlabelctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>
1401 is needed.</para>
1402 </warning>
4b3590c3
TM
1403
1404 <para>Example:
1405 <programlisting>[Address]
1406NetLabel=system_u:object_r:localnet_peer_t:s0</programlisting>
1407
1408 With the example rules applying for interface <literal>eth0</literal>, when the interface is
1409 configured with an IPv4 address of 10.0.0.123/8, <command>systemd-networkd</command> performs the
1410 equivalent of <command>netlabelctl</command> operation
1411
1412 <programlisting>netlabelctl unlbl add interface eth0 address:10.0.0.0/8 label:system_u:object_r:localnet_peer_t:s0</programlisting>
1413
1414 and the reverse operation when the IPv4 address is deconfigured. The configuration can be used with
1415 LSM rules; in case of SELinux to allow a SELinux domain to receive data from objects of SELinux
1416 <literal>peer</literal> class. For example:
1417
1418 <programlisting>type localnet_peer_t;
1419allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting>
1420
1421 The effect of the above configuration and rules (in absence of other rules as may be the case) is
1422 to only allow <literal>my_server_t</literal> (and nothing else) to receive data from local subnet
1423 10.0.0.0/8 of interface <literal>eth0</literal>.
1424 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1425
1426 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/>
4b3590c3
TM
1427 </listitem>
1428 </varlistentry>
fc289dd0
TM
1429
1430 <varlistentry>
1431 <term><varname>NFTSet=</varname><replaceable>source</replaceable>:<replaceable>family</replaceable>:<replaceable>table</replaceable>:<replaceable>set</replaceable></term>
1432 <listitem>
1433 <para>This setting provides a method for integrating network configuration into firewall rules with
1434 <ulink url="https://netfilter.org/projects/nftables/index.html">NFT</ulink> sets. The benefit of
1435 using the setting is that static network configuration (or dynamically obtained network addresses,
1436 see similar directives in other sections) can be used in firewall rules with the indirection of NFT
1437 set types. For example, access could be granted for hosts in the local subnetwork only. Firewall
1438 rules using IP address of an interface are also instantly updated when the network configuration
1439 changes, for example via DHCP.</para>
1440
1441 <para>This option expects a whitespace separated list of NFT set definitions. Each definition
1442 consists of a colon-separated tuple of source type (one of <literal>address</literal>,
1443 <literal>prefix</literal> or <literal>ifindex</literal>), NFT address family (one of
1444 <literal>arp</literal>, <literal>bridge</literal>, <literal>inet</literal>, <literal>ip</literal>,
1445 <literal>ip6</literal>, or <literal>netdev</literal>), table name and set name. The names of tables
1446 and sets must conform to lexical restrictions of NFT table names. The type of the element used in
1447 the NFT filter must match the type implied by the directive (<literal>address</literal>,
1448 <literal>prefix</literal> or <literal>ifindex</literal>) and address type (IPv4 or IPv6) as shown
1449 in the table below.</para>
1450
1451 <table>
1452 <title>Defined <varname>source type</varname> values</title>
1453 <tgroup cols='3'>
1454 <colspec colname='source type'/>
1455 <colspec colname='description'/>
1456 <colspec colname='NFT type name'/>
1457 <thead>
1458 <row>
1459 <entry>Source type</entry>
1460 <entry>Description</entry>
1461 <entry>Corresponding NFT type name</entry>
1462 </row>
1463 </thead>
1464
1465 <tbody>
1466 <row>
1467 <entry><literal>address</literal></entry>
1468 <entry>host IP address</entry>
1469 <entry><literal>ipv4_addr</literal> or <literal>ipv6_addr</literal></entry>
1470 </row>
1471 <row>
1472 <entry><literal>prefix</literal></entry>
1473 <entry>network prefix</entry>
1474 <entry><literal>ipv4_addr</literal> or <literal>ipv6_addr</literal>, with <literal>flags interval</literal></entry>
1475 </row>
1476 <row>
1477 <entry><literal>ifindex</literal></entry>
1478 <entry>interface index</entry>
1479 <entry><literal>iface_index</literal></entry>
1480 </row>
1481 </tbody>
1482 </tgroup>
1483 </table>
1484
1485 <para>When an interface is configured with IP addresses, the addresses, subnetwork masks or
1486 interface index will be appended to the NFT sets. The information will be removed when the
1487 interface is deconfigured. <command>systemd-networkd</command> only inserts elements to (or removes
1488 from) the sets, so the related NFT rules, tables and sets must be prepared elsewhere in
1489 advance. Failures to manage the sets will be ignored.</para>
1490
1491 <para>Example:
1492 <programlisting>[Address]
1493NFTSet=prefix:netdev:filter:eth_ipv4_prefix</programlisting>
1494 Corresponding NFT rules:
1495 <programlisting>table netdev filter {
1496 set eth_ipv4_prefix {
1497 type ipv4_addr
1498 flags interval
1499 }
1500 chain eth_ingress {
1501 type filter hook ingress device "eth0" priority filter; policy drop;
1502 ip daddr != @eth_ipv4_prefix drop
1503 accept
1504 }
1505}</programlisting>
1506 </para>
c97f268f
YW
1507
1508 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
fc289dd0
TM
1509 </listitem>
1510 </varlistentry>
add469f5
YW
1511 </variablelist>
1512 </refsect1>
1513
1514 <refsect1>
1515 <title>[Neighbor] Section Options</title>
1516
1517 <para>A [Neighbor] section accepts the following keys. The neighbor section adds a permanent,
1518 static entry to the neighbor table (IPv6) or ARP table (IPv4) for the given hardware address on the
1519 links matched for the network. Specify several [Neighbor] sections to configure several static
1520 neighbors.</para>
1521
1522 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
1523 <varlistentry>
1524 <term><varname>Address=</varname></term>
1525 <listitem>
1526 <para>The IP address of the neighbor.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1527
1528 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/>
add469f5
YW
1529 </listitem>
1530 </varlistentry>
1531
1532 <varlistentry>
1533 <term><varname>LinkLayerAddress=</varname></term>
1534 <listitem>
1535 <para>The link layer address (MAC address or IP address) of the neighbor.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1536
1537 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
add469f5
YW
1538 </listitem>
1539 </varlistentry>
1540 </variablelist>
1541 </refsect1>
1542
1543 <refsect1>
1544 <title>[IPv6AddressLabel] Section Options</title>
1545
1546 <para>An [IPv6AddressLabel] section accepts the following keys. Specify several [IPv6AddressLabel]
1547 sections to configure several address labels. IPv6 address labels are used for address selection.
1548 See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3484">RFC 3484</ulink>. Precedence is managed by
1549 userspace, and only the label itself is stored in the kernel.</para>
1550
1551 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
1552 <varlistentry>
1553 <term><varname>Label=</varname></term>
1554 <listitem>
1555 <para>The label for the prefix, an unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967294. 0xffffffff is
1556 reserved. This setting is mandatory.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1557
1558 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/>
add469f5
YW
1559 </listitem>
1560 </varlistentry>
1561
1562 <varlistentry>
1563 <term><varname>Prefix=</varname></term>
1564 <listitem>
1565 <para>IPv6 prefix is an address with a prefix length, separated by a slash
1566 <literal>/</literal> character. This setting is mandatory. </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1567
1568 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/>
add469f5
YW
1569 </listitem>
1570 </varlistentry>
1571 </variablelist>
1572 </refsect1>
1573
1574 <refsect1>
1575 <title>[RoutingPolicyRule] Section Options</title>
1576
1577 <para>An [RoutingPolicyRule] section accepts the following settings. Specify several
1578 [RoutingPolicyRule] sections to configure several rules.</para>
1579
1580 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
1581 <varlistentry>
1582 <term><varname>TypeOfService=</varname></term>
1583 <listitem>
cd18d983
BF
1584 <para>
1585 This specifies the Type of Service (ToS) field of packets to match;
1586 it takes an unsigned integer in the range 0…255.
1587 The field can be used to specify precedence (the first 3 bits) and ToS (the next 3 bits).
1588 The field can be also used to specify Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) (the first 6 bits) and
1589 Explicit Congestion Notification (ECN) (the last 2 bits).
1590 See <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Type_of_service">Type of Service</ulink>
1591 and <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Differentiated_services">Differentiated services</ulink>
1592 for more details.
1593 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1594
1595 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
add469f5
YW
1596 </listitem>
1597 </varlistentry>
1598
1599 <varlistentry>
1600 <term><varname>From=</varname></term>
1601 <listitem>
1602 <para>Specifies the source address prefix to match. Possibly followed by a slash and the
1603 prefix length.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1604
1605 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
add469f5
YW
1606 </listitem>
1607 </varlistentry>
1608
1609 <varlistentry>
1610 <term><varname>To=</varname></term>
1611 <listitem>
1612 <para>Specifies the destination address prefix to match. Possibly followed by a slash and the
1613 prefix length.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1614
1615 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
add469f5
YW
1616 </listitem>
1617 </varlistentry>
1618
1619 <varlistentry>
1620 <term><varname>FirewallMark=</varname></term>
1621 <listitem>
1622 <para>Specifies the iptables firewall mark value to match (a number in the range
1623 1…4294967295). Optionally, the firewall mask (also a number between 1…4294967295) can be
1624 suffixed with a slash (<literal>/</literal>), e.g., <literal>7/255</literal>.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1625
1626 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
add469f5
YW
1627 </listitem>
1628 </varlistentry>
1629
1630 <varlistentry>
1631 <term><varname>Table=</varname></term>
1632 <listitem>
195427cd 1633 <para>Specifies the routing table identifier to look up if the rule selector matches. Takes
add469f5
YW
1634 one of predefined names <literal>default</literal>, <literal>main</literal>, and
1635 <literal>local</literal>, and names defined in <varname>RouteTable=</varname> in
1636 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
1637 or a number between 1 and 4294967295. Defaults to <literal>main</literal>.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1638
1639 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
add469f5
YW
1640 </listitem>
1641 </varlistentry>
1642
1643 <varlistentry>
1644 <term><varname>Priority=</varname></term>
1645 <listitem>
1646 <para>Specifies the priority of this rule. <varname>Priority=</varname> is an integer in the
1647 range 0…4294967295. Higher number means lower priority, and rules get processed in order of
1648 increasing number. Defaults to unset, and the kernel will pick a value dynamically.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1649
1650 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
add469f5
YW
1651 </listitem>
1652 </varlistentry>
1653
1654 <varlistentry>
1655 <term><varname>IncomingInterface=</varname></term>
1656 <listitem>
1657 <para>Specifies incoming device to match. If the interface is loopback, the rule only matches
1658 packets originating from this host.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1659
1660 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/>
add469f5
YW
1661 </listitem>
1662 </varlistentry>
1663
1664 <varlistentry>
1665 <term><varname>OutgoingInterface=</varname></term>
1666 <listitem>
1667 <para>Specifies the outgoing device to match. The outgoing interface is only available for
1668 packets originating from local sockets that are bound to a device.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1669
1670 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/>
add469f5
YW
1671 </listitem>
1672 </varlistentry>
1673
4be1fc84
NC
1674 <varlistentry>
1675 <term><varname>L3MasterDevice=</varname></term>
1676 <listitem>
1677 <para>A boolean. Specifies whether the rule is to direct lookups to the tables associated with
1678 level 3 master devices (also known as Virtual Routing and Forwarding or VRF devices).
1679 For further details see <ulink url="https://docs.kernel.org/networking/vrf.html">
1680 Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF)</ulink>. Defaults to false.</para>
1681
1682 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v256"/>
1683 </listitem>
1684 </varlistentry>
1685
add469f5
YW
1686 <varlistentry>
1687 <term><varname>SourcePort=</varname></term>
1688 <listitem>
1689 <para>Specifies the source IP port or IP port range match in forwarding information base
1690 (FIB) rules. A port range is specified by the lower and upper port separated by a dash.
1691 Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1692
1693 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/>
add469f5
YW
1694 </listitem>
1695 </varlistentry>
1696
1697 <varlistentry>
1698 <term><varname>DestinationPort=</varname></term>
1699 <listitem>
1700 <para>Specifies the destination IP port or IP port range match in forwarding information base
1701 (FIB) rules. A port range is specified by the lower and upper port separated by a dash.
1702 Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1703
1704 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/>
add469f5
YW
1705 </listitem>
1706 </varlistentry>
1707
1708 <varlistentry>
1709 <term><varname>IPProtocol=</varname></term>
1710 <listitem>
1711 <para>Specifies the IP protocol to match in forwarding information base (FIB) rules. Takes IP
1712 protocol name such as <literal>tcp</literal>, <literal>udp</literal> or
1713 <literal>sctp</literal>, or IP protocol number such as <literal>6</literal> for
1714 <literal>tcp</literal> or <literal>17</literal> for <literal>udp</literal>. Defaults to unset.
1715 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1716
1717 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/>
add469f5
YW
1718 </listitem>
1719 </varlistentry>
1720
1721 <varlistentry>
1722 <term><varname>InvertRule=</varname></term>
1723 <listitem>
1724 <para>A boolean. Specifies whether the rule is to be inverted. Defaults to false.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1725
1726 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/>
add469f5
YW
1727 </listitem>
1728 </varlistentry>
1729
1730 <varlistentry>
1731 <term><varname>Family=</varname></term>
1732 <listitem>
1733 <para>Takes a special value <literal>ipv4</literal>, <literal>ipv6</literal>, or
1734 <literal>both</literal>. By default, the address family is determined by the address
1735 specified in <varname>To=</varname> or <varname>From=</varname>. If neither
1736 <varname>To=</varname> nor <varname>From=</varname> are specified, then defaults to
1737 <literal>ipv4</literal>.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1738
1739 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
add469f5
YW
1740 </listitem>
1741 </varlistentry>
1742
1743 <varlistentry>
1744 <term><varname>User=</varname></term>
1745 <listitem>
1746 <para>Takes a username, a user ID, or a range of user IDs separated by a dash. Defaults to
1747 unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1748
1749 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
add469f5
YW
1750 </listitem>
1751 </varlistentry>
1752
1753 <varlistentry>
1754 <term><varname>SuppressPrefixLength=</varname></term>
1755 <listitem>
1756 <para>Takes a number <replaceable>N</replaceable> in the range 0…128 and rejects routing
1757 decisions that have a prefix length of <replaceable>N</replaceable> or less. Defaults to
1758 unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1759
1760 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
add469f5
YW
1761 </listitem>
1762 </varlistentry>
1763
1764 <varlistentry>
1765 <term><varname>SuppressInterfaceGroup=</varname></term>
1766 <listitem>
1767 <para>Takes an integer in the range 0…2147483647 and rejects routing decisions that have
1768 an interface with the same group id. It has the same meaning as
1769 <option>suppress_ifgroup</option> in <command>ip rule</command>. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1770
1771 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
add469f5
YW
1772 </listitem>
1773 </varlistentry>
1774
1775 <varlistentry>
1776 <term><varname>Type=</varname></term>
1777 <listitem>
1778 <para>Specifies Routing Policy Database (RPDB) rule type. Takes one of
1779 <literal>blackhole</literal>, <literal>unreachable</literal> or <literal>prohibit</literal>.
1780 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1781
1782 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
add469f5
YW
1783 </listitem>
1784 </varlistentry>
1785 </variablelist>
1786 </refsect1>
1787
1788 <refsect1>
1789 <title>[NextHop] Section Options</title>
1790
1791 <para>The [NextHop] section is used to manipulate entries in the kernel's "nexthop" tables. The
1792 [NextHop] section accepts the following settings. Specify several [NextHop] sections to configure
1793 several hops.</para>
1794
1795 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
1796 <varlistentry>
1797 <term><varname>Id=</varname></term>
1798 <listitem>
bbc05bec
YW
1799 <para>The id of the next hop. Takes an integer in the range 1…4294967295.
1800 This is mandatory if <varname>ManageForeignNextHops=no</varname> is specified in
1801 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
1802 Otherwise, if unspecified, an unused ID will be automatically picked.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1803
1804 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/>
add469f5
YW
1805 </listitem>
1806 </varlistentry>
1807
1808 <varlistentry>
1809 <term><varname>Gateway=</varname></term>
1810 <listitem>
1811 <para>As in the [Network] section.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1812
1813 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/>
add469f5
YW
1814 </listitem>
1815 </varlistentry>
1816
1817 <varlistentry>
1818 <term><varname>Family=</varname></term>
1819 <listitem>
1820 <para>Takes one of the special values <literal>ipv4</literal> or <literal>ipv6</literal>.
1821 By default, the family is determined by the address specified in
1822 <varname>Gateway=</varname>. If <varname>Gateway=</varname> is not specified, then defaults
1823 to <literal>ipv4</literal>.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1824
1825 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
add469f5
YW
1826 </listitem>
1827 </varlistentry>
1828
1829 <varlistentry>
1830 <term><varname>OnLink=</varname></term>
1831 <listitem>
1832 <para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, the kernel does not have to check if the gateway is
1833 reachable directly by the current machine (i.e., attached to the local network), so that we
1834 can insert the nexthop in the kernel table without it being complained about. Defaults to
1835 <literal>no</literal>.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1836
1837 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
add469f5
YW
1838 </listitem>
1839 </varlistentry>
1840
1841 <varlistentry>
1842 <term><varname>Blackhole=</varname></term>
1843 <listitem>
1844 <para>Takes a boolean. If enabled, packets to the corresponding routes are discarded
1845 silently, and <varname>Gateway=</varname> cannot be specified. Defaults to
1846 <literal>no</literal>.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1847
1848 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
add469f5
YW
1849 </listitem>
1850 </varlistentry>
1851
1852 <varlistentry>
1853 <term><varname>Group=</varname></term>
1854 <listitem>
1855 <para>Takes a whitespace separated list of nexthop IDs. Each ID must be in the range
1856 1…4294967295. Optionally, each nexthop ID can take a weight after a colon
1857 (<literal><replaceable>id</replaceable><optional>:<replaceable>weight</replaceable></optional></literal>).
1858 The weight must be in the range 1…255. If the weight is not specified, then it is assumed
1859 that the weight is 1. This setting cannot be specified with <varname>Gateway=</varname>,
1860 <varname>Family=</varname>, <varname>Blackhole=</varname>. This setting can be specified
1861 multiple times. If an empty string is assigned, then the all previous assignments are
1862 cleared. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1863
1864 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
add469f5
YW
1865 </listitem>
1866 </varlistentry>
1867 </variablelist>
1868 </refsect1>
1869
1870 <refsect1>
1871 <title>[Route] Section Options</title>
1872
1873 <para>The [Route] section accepts the following settings. Specify several [Route] sections to
1874 configure several routes.</para>
1875
1876 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
1877 <varlistentry>
1878 <term><varname>Gateway=</varname></term>
1879 <listitem>
1880 <para>Takes the gateway address or the special values <literal>_dhcp4</literal> and
1881 <literal>_ipv6ra</literal>. If <literal>_dhcp4</literal> or <literal>_ipv6ra</literal> is
1882 set, then the gateway address provided by DHCPv4 or IPv6 RA is used.</para>
ec07c3c8 1883
aefdc112 1884 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
add469f5
YW
1885 </listitem>
1886 </varlistentry>
1887
1888 <varlistentry>
1889 <term><varname>GatewayOnLink=</varname></term>
1890 <listitem>
1891 <para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, the kernel does not have to check if the gateway is
1892 reachable directly by the current machine (i.e., attached to the local network), so that we
1893 can insert the route in the kernel table without it being complained about. Defaults to
1894 <literal>no</literal>.</para>
ec07c3c8 1895
aefdc112 1896 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/>
add469f5
YW
1897 </listitem>
1898 </varlistentry>
1899
1900 <varlistentry>
1901 <term><varname>Destination=</varname></term>
1902 <listitem>
1903 <para>The destination prefix of the route. Possibly followed by a slash and the prefix
1904 length. If omitted, a full-length host route is assumed.</para>
aefdc112
AK
1905
1906 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
add469f5
YW
1907 </listitem>
1908 </varlistentry>
1909
1910 <varlistentry>
1911 <term><varname>Source=</varname></term>
1912 <listitem>
1913 <para>The source prefix of the route. Possibly followed by a slash and the prefix length. If
1914 omitted, a full-length host route is assumed.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1915
1916 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/>
add469f5
YW
1917 </listitem>
1918 </varlistentry>
1919
1920 <varlistentry>
1921 <term><varname>Metric=</varname></term>
1922 <listitem>
1923 <para>The metric of the route. Takes an unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967295. Defaults
1924 to unset, and the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1925
1926 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/>
add469f5
YW
1927 </listitem>
1928 </varlistentry>
1929
1930 <varlistentry>
1931 <term><varname>IPv6Preference=</varname></term>
1932 <listitem>
1933 <para>Specifies the route preference as defined in
1934 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4191">RFC 4191</ulink> for Router Discovery
1935 messages. Which can be one of <literal>low</literal> the route has a lowest priority,
1936 <literal>medium</literal> the route has a default priority or <literal>high</literal> the
1937 route has a highest priority.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1938
1939 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/>
add469f5
YW
1940 </listitem>
1941 </varlistentry>
1942
1943 <varlistentry>
1944 <term><varname>Scope=</varname></term>
1945 <listitem>
1946 <para>The scope of the IPv4 route, which can be <literal>global</literal>,
1947 <literal>site</literal>, <literal>link</literal>, <literal>host</literal>, or
1948 <literal>nowhere</literal>:</para>
1949 <itemizedlist>
1950 <listitem>
1951 <para><literal>global</literal> means the route can reach hosts more than one hop away.
1952 </para>
1953 </listitem>
1954
1955 <listitem>
1956 <para><literal>site</literal> means an interior route in the local autonomous system.
1957 </para>
1958 </listitem>
1959
1960 <listitem>
1961 <para><literal>link</literal> means the route can only reach hosts on the local network
1962 (one hop away).</para>
1963 </listitem>
1964
1965 <listitem>
1966 <para><literal>host</literal> means the route will not leave the local machine (used for
1967 internal addresses like 127.0.0.1).</para>
1968 </listitem>
1969
1970 <listitem>
1971 <para><literal>nowhere</literal> means the destination doesn't exist.</para>
1972 </listitem>
1973 </itemizedlist>
1974
1975 <para>For IPv4 route, defaults to <literal>host</literal> if <varname>Type=</varname> is
1976 <literal>local</literal> or <literal>nat</literal>, and <literal>link</literal> if
902bbdc4 1977 <varname>Type=</varname> is <literal>broadcast</literal>, <literal>multicast</literal>,
6a1d8f11 1978 <literal>anycast</literal>, or <literal>unicast</literal>. In other cases,
902bbdc4 1979 defaults to <literal>global</literal>. The value is not used for IPv6.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1980
1981 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/>
add469f5
YW
1982 </listitem>
1983 </varlistentry>
1984
1985 <varlistentry>
1986 <term><varname>PreferredSource=</varname></term>
1987 <listitem>
1988 <para>The preferred source address of the route. The address must be in the format described
1989 in
1990 <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>inet_pton</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
1991 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1992
1993 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v227"/>
add469f5
YW
1994 </listitem>
1995 </varlistentry>
1996
1997 <varlistentry>
1998 <term><varname>Table=</varname></term>
1999 <listitem>
2000 <para>The table identifier for the route. Takes one of predefined names
2001 <literal>default</literal>, <literal>main</literal>, and <literal>local</literal>, and names
2002 defined in <varname>RouteTable=</varname> in
2003 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
2004 or a number between 1 and 4294967295. The table can be retrieved using
2005 <command>ip route show table <replaceable>num</replaceable></command>. If unset and
2006 <varname>Type=</varname> is <literal>local</literal>, <literal>broadcast</literal>,
2007 <literal>anycast</literal>, or <literal>nat</literal>, then <literal>local</literal> is used.
4be1fc84 2008 In other cases, defaults to <literal>main</literal>. Ignored if <varname>L3MasterDevice=</varname> is true.</para>
ec07c3c8 2009
aefdc112 2010 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/>
add469f5
YW
2011 </listitem>
2012 </varlistentry>
2013
88c06423
SS
2014 <varlistentry>
2015 <term><varname>HopLimit=</varname></term>
2016 <listitem>
08801318
YW
2017 <para>Configures per route hop limit. Takes an integer in the range 1…255. See also
2018 <varname>IPv6HopLimit=</varname>.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2019
2020 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
88c06423
SS
2021 </listitem>
2022 </varlistentry>
2023
add469f5
YW
2024 <varlistentry>
2025 <term><varname>Protocol=</varname></term>
2026 <listitem>
2027 <para>The protocol identifier for the route. Takes a number between 0 and 255 or the special
2028 values <literal>kernel</literal>, <literal>boot</literal>, <literal>static</literal>,
2029 <literal>ra</literal> and <literal>dhcp</literal>. Defaults to <literal>static</literal>.
2030 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2031
2032 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/>
add469f5
YW
2033 </listitem>
2034 </varlistentry>
2035
2036 <varlistentry>
2037 <term><varname>Type=</varname></term>
2038 <listitem>
2039 <para>Specifies the type for the route. Takes one of <literal>unicast</literal>,
2040 <literal>local</literal>, <literal>broadcast</literal>, <literal>anycast</literal>,
2041 <literal>multicast</literal>, <literal>blackhole</literal>, <literal>unreachable</literal>,
2042 <literal>prohibit</literal>, <literal>throw</literal>, <literal>nat</literal>, and
2043 <literal>xresolve</literal>. If <literal>unicast</literal>, a regular route is defined, i.e.
2044 a route indicating the path to take to a destination network address. If
2045 <literal>blackhole</literal>, packets to the defined route are discarded silently. If
2046 <literal>unreachable</literal>, packets to the defined route are discarded and the ICMP
2047 message "Host Unreachable" is generated. If <literal>prohibit</literal>, packets to the
2048 defined route are discarded and the ICMP message "Communication Administratively Prohibited"
2049 is generated. If <literal>throw</literal>, route lookup in the current routing table will
2050 fail and the route selection process will return to Routing Policy Database (RPDB). Defaults
2051 to <literal>unicast</literal>.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2052
2053 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
add469f5
YW
2054 </listitem>
2055 </varlistentry>
2056
2057 <varlistentry>
2058 <term><varname>InitialCongestionWindow=</varname></term>
2059 <listitem>
2060 <para>The TCP initial congestion window is used during the start of a TCP connection.
2061 During the start of a TCP session, when a client requests a resource, the server's initial
2062 congestion window determines how many packets will be sent during the initial burst of data
2063 without waiting for acknowledgement. Takes a number between 1 and 1023. Note that 100 is
2064 considered an extremely large value for this option. When unset, the kernel's default
2065 (typically 10) will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2066
2067 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v237"/>
add469f5
YW
2068 </listitem>
2069 </varlistentry>
2070
2071 <varlistentry>
2072 <term><varname>InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow=</varname></term>
2073 <listitem>
2074 <para>The TCP initial advertised receive window is the amount of receive data (in bytes)
2075 that can initially be buffered at one time on a connection. The sending host can send only
2076 that amount of data before waiting for an acknowledgment and window update from the
2077 receiving host. Takes a number between 1 and 1023. Note that 100 is considered an extremely
2078 large value for this option. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2079
2080 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v237"/>
add469f5
YW
2081 </listitem>
2082 </varlistentry>
2083
2084 <varlistentry>
2085 <term><varname>QuickAck=</varname></term>
2086 <listitem>
f95fb199
YW
2087 <para>Takes a boolean. When true, the TCP quick ACK mode for the route is enabled. When unset,
2088 the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2089
2090 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v237"/>
add469f5
YW
2091 </listitem>
2092 </varlistentry>
2093
2094 <varlistentry>
2095 <term><varname>FastOpenNoCookie=</varname></term>
2096 <listitem>
2097 <para>Takes a boolean. When true enables TCP fastopen without a cookie on a per-route basis.
2098 When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2099
2100 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
add469f5
YW
2101 </listitem>
2102 </varlistentry>
2103
2104 <varlistentry>
add469f5
YW
2105 <term><varname>MTUBytes=</varname></term>
2106 <listitem>
2107 <para>The maximum transmission unit in bytes to set for the route. The usual suffixes K, M,
2108 G, are supported and are understood to the base of 1024.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2109
2110 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/>
add469f5
YW
2111 </listitem>
2112 </varlistentry>
2113
2114 <varlistentry>
2115 <term><varname>TCPAdvertisedMaximumSegmentSize=</varname></term>
2116 <listitem>
2117 <para>Specifies the Path MSS (in bytes) hints given on TCP layer. The usual suffixes K, M, G,
2118 are supported and are understood to the base of 1024. An unsigned integer in the range
2119 1…4294967294. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2120
2121 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
add469f5
YW
2122 </listitem>
2123 </varlistentry>
2124
dc7c21f0
YW
2125 <varlistentry>
2126 <term><varname>TCPCongestionControlAlgorithm=</varname></term>
2127 <listitem>
2128 <para>Specifies the TCP congestion control algorithm for the route. Takes a name of the algorithm,
2129 e.g. <literal>bbr</literal>, <literal>dctcp</literal>, or <literal>vegas</literal>. When unset,
2130 the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2131
2132 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/>
dc7c21f0
YW
2133 </listitem>
2134 </varlistentry>
2135
1412d4a4 2136 <varlistentry>
9475e23c 2137 <term><varname>TCPRetransmissionTimeoutSec=</varname></term>
1412d4a4 2138 <listitem>
9475e23c
YW
2139 <para>Specifies the TCP Retransmission Timeout (RTO) for the route. Takes time values in seconds.
2140 This value specifies the timeout of an alive TCP connection, when retransmissions remain
2141 unacknowledged. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2142
2143 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
1412d4a4
SS
2144 </listitem>
2145 </varlistentry>
2146
add469f5
YW
2147 <varlistentry>
2148 <term><varname>MultiPathRoute=<replaceable>address</replaceable>[@<replaceable>name</replaceable>] [<replaceable>weight</replaceable>]</varname></term>
2149 <listitem>
2150 <para>Configures multipath route. Multipath routing is the technique of using multiple
2151 alternative paths through a network. Takes gateway address. Optionally, takes a network
2152 interface name or index separated with <literal>@</literal>, and a weight in 1..256 for this
2153 multipath route separated with whitespace. This setting can be specified multiple times. If
2154 an empty string is assigned, then the all previous assignments are cleared.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2155
2156 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
add469f5
YW
2157 </listitem>
2158 </varlistentry>
2159
2160 <varlistentry>
2161 <term><varname>NextHop=</varname></term>
2162 <listitem>
2163 <para>Specifies the nexthop id. Takes an unsigned integer in the range 1…4294967295. If set,
2164 the corresponding [NextHop] section must be configured. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2165
2166 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
add469f5
YW
2167 </listitem>
2168 </varlistentry>
2169 </variablelist>
2170 </refsect1>
2171
2172 <refsect1>
2173 <title>[DHCPv4] Section Options</title>
2174
2175 <para>The [DHCPv4] section configures the DHCPv4 client, if it is enabled with the
2176 <varname>DHCP=</varname> setting described above:</para>
2177
2178 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
2179
2180 <!-- DHCP packet contents -->
2181
b93bf1bf
YW
2182 <varlistentry>
2183 <term><varname>RequestAddress=</varname></term>
2184 <listitem>
2185 <para>Takes an IPv4 address. When specified, the Requested IP Address option (option code 50) is
2186 added with it to the initial DHCPDISCOVER message sent by the DHCP client. Defaults to unset, and
2187 an already assigned dynamic address to the interface is automatically picked.</para>
2188
2189 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
2190 </listitem>
2191 </varlistentry>
2192
add469f5
YW
2193 <varlistentry>
2194 <term><varname>SendHostname=</varname></term>
2195 <listitem>
2196 <para>When true (the default), the machine's hostname (or the value specified with
2197 <varname>Hostname=</varname>, described below) will be sent to the DHCP server. Note that the
2198 hostname must consist only of 7-bit ASCII lower-case characters and no spaces or dots, and be
2199 formatted as a valid DNS domain name. Otherwise, the hostname is not sent even if this option
2200 is true.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2201
2202 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/>
add469f5
YW
2203 </listitem>
2204 </varlistentry>
2205
2206 <varlistentry>
2207 <term><varname>Hostname=</varname></term>
2208 <listitem>
2209 <para>Use this value for the hostname which is sent to the DHCP server, instead of machine's
2210 hostname. Note that the specified hostname must consist only of 7-bit ASCII lower-case
2211 characters and no spaces or dots, and be formatted as a valid DNS domain name.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2212
2213 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/>
add469f5
YW
2214 </listitem>
2215 </varlistentry>
2216
2217 <varlistentry>
2218 <term><varname>MUDURL=</varname></term>
2219 <listitem>
2220 <para>When configured, the specified Manufacturer Usage Description (MUD) URL will be sent
2221 to the DHCPv4 server. Takes a URL of length up to 255 characters. A superficial verification
2222 that the string is a valid URL will be performed. DHCPv4 clients are intended to have at most
2223 one MUD URL associated with them. See
2224 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8520">RFC 8520</ulink>.</para>
2225
2226 <para>MUD is an embedded software standard defined by the IETF that allows IoT device makers
2227 to advertise device specifications, including the intended communication patterns for their
2228 device when it connects to the network. The network can then use this to author a
2229 context-specific access policy, so the device functions only within those parameters.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2230
2231 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
add469f5
YW
2232 </listitem>
2233 </varlistentry>
2234
2235 <varlistentry>
2236 <term><varname>ClientIdentifier=</varname></term>
2237 <listitem>
d8f19e03
YW
2238 <para>The DHCPv4 client identifier to use. Takes one of <option>mac</option> or
2239 <option>duid</option>. If set to <option>mac</option>, the MAC address of the link is used. If set
2240 to <option>duid</option>, an RFC4361-compliant Client ID, which is the combination of IAID and
2241 DUID, is used. IAID can be configured by <varname>IAID=</varname>. DUID can be configured by
2242 <varname>DUIDType=</varname> and <varname>DUIDRawData=</varname>. Defaults to
2243 <option>duid</option>.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2244
2245 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/>
add469f5
YW
2246 </listitem>
2247 </varlistentry>
2248
2249 <varlistentry>
2250 <term><varname>VendorClassIdentifier=</varname></term>
2251 <listitem>
2252 <para>The vendor class identifier used to identify vendor type and configuration.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2253
2254 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/>
add469f5
YW
2255 </listitem>
2256 </varlistentry>
2257
2258 <varlistentry>
2259 <term><varname>UserClass=</varname></term>
2260 <listitem>
2261 <para>A DHCPv4 client can use UserClass option to identify the type or category of user or
2262 applications it represents. The information contained in this option is a string that
2263 represents the user class of which the client is a member. Each class sets an identifying
2264 string of information to be used by the DHCP service to classify clients. Takes a
2265 whitespace-separated list of strings.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2266
2267 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/>
add469f5
YW
2268 </listitem>
2269 </varlistentry>
2270
2271 <varlistentry>
2272 <term><varname>DUIDType=</varname></term>
2273 <listitem>
2274 <para>Override the global <varname>DUIDType=</varname> setting for this network. See
2275 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
2276 for a description of possible values.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2277
2278 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/>
add469f5
YW
2279 </listitem>
2280 </varlistentry>
2281
2282 <varlistentry>
2283 <term><varname>DUIDRawData=</varname></term>
2284 <listitem>
2285 <para>Override the global <varname>DUIDRawData=</varname> setting for this network. See
2286 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
2287 for a description of possible values.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2288
2289 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/>
add469f5
YW
2290 </listitem>
2291 </varlistentry>
2292
2293 <varlistentry>
2294 <term><varname>IAID=</varname></term>
2295 <listitem>
2296 <para>The DHCP Identity Association Identifier (IAID) for the interface, a 32-bit unsigned
2297 integer.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2298
2299 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/>
add469f5
YW
2300 </listitem>
2301 </varlistentry>
2302
808b65a0
RP
2303 <varlistentry>
2304 <term><varname>RapidCommit=</varname></term>
2305 <listitem>
2306 <para>Takes a boolean. The DHCPv4 client can obtain configuration parameters from a DHCPv4 server
2307 through a rapid two-message exchange (discover and ack). When the rapid commit option is set by
2308 both the DHCPv4 client and the DHCPv4 server, the two-message exchange is used. Otherwise, the
2309 four-message exchange (discover, offer, request, and ack) is used. The two-message exchange
2310 provides faster client configuration. See
2311 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4039">RFC 4039</ulink> for details.
cf289b14
YW
2312 Defaults to true when <varname>Anonymize=no</varname> and neither <varname>AllowList=</varname>
2313 nor <varname>DenyList=</varname> is specified, and false otherwise.</para>
808b65a0
RP
2314
2315 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
2316 </listitem>
2317 </varlistentry>
2318
add469f5
YW
2319 <varlistentry>
2320 <term><varname>Anonymize=</varname></term>
2321 <listitem>
2322 <para>Takes a boolean. When true, the options sent to the DHCP server will follow the
2323 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7844">RFC 7844</ulink> (Anonymity Profiles for
2324 DHCP Clients) to minimize disclosure of identifying information. Defaults to false.</para>
2325
2326 <para>This option should only be set to true when <varname>MACAddressPolicy=</varname> is set
2327 to <option>random</option> (see
2328 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.link</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>).
2329 </para>
2330
fcf17d69
YW
2331 <para>When true,
2332 <varname>ClientIdentifier=mac</varname>,
24bb67ed 2333 <varname>RapidCommit=no</varname>,
fcf17d69
YW
2334 <varname>SendHostname=no</varname>,
2335 <varname>Use6RD=no</varname>,
2336 <varname>UseCaptivePortal=no</varname>,
2337 <varname>UseMTU=no</varname>,
2338 <varname>UseNTP=no</varname>,
2339 <varname>UseSIP=no</varname>, and
2340 <varname>UseTimezone=no</varname>
2341 are implied and these settings in the .network file are silently ignored. Also,
2342 <varname>Hostname=</varname>,
2343 <varname>MUDURL=</varname>,
b93bf1bf 2344 <varname>RequestAddress</varname>,
fcf17d69
YW
2345 <varname>RequestOptions=</varname>,
2346 <varname>SendOption=</varname>,
2347 <varname>SendVendorOption=</varname>,
2348 <varname>UserClass=</varname>, and
2349 <varname>VendorClassIdentifier=</varname>
2350 are silently ignored.</para>
add469f5
YW
2351
2352 <para>With this option enabled DHCP requests will mimic those generated by Microsoft
2353 Windows, in order to reduce the ability to fingerprint and recognize installations. This
2354 means DHCP request sizes will grow and lease data will be more comprehensive than normally,
2355 though most of the requested data is not actually used.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2356
2357 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
add469f5
YW
2358 </listitem>
2359 </varlistentry>
2360
2361 <varlistentry>
2362 <term><varname>RequestOptions=</varname></term>
2363 <listitem>
2364 <para>Sets request options to be sent to the server in the DHCPv4 request options list. A
2365 whitespace-separated list of integers in the range 1…254. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2366
2367 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/>
add469f5
YW
2368 </listitem>
2369 </varlistentry>
2370
2371 <varlistentry>
2372 <term><varname>SendOption=</varname></term>
2373 <listitem>
2374 <para>Send an arbitrary raw option in the DHCPv4 request. Takes a DHCP option number, data
2375 type and data separated with a colon
2376 (<literal><replaceable>option</replaceable>:<replaceable>type</replaceable>:<replaceable>value</replaceable></literal>).
2377 The option number must be an integer in the range 1…254. The type takes one of
2378 <literal>uint8</literal>, <literal>uint16</literal>, <literal>uint32</literal>,
2379 <literal>ipv4address</literal>, or <literal>string</literal>. Special characters in the data
2380 string may be escaped using
2381 <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Escape_sequences_in_C#Table_of_escape_sequences">C-style
2382 escapes</ulink>. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is
2383 specified, then all options specified earlier are cleared. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2384
2385 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/>
add469f5
YW
2386 </listitem>
2387 </varlistentry>
2388
2389 <varlistentry>
2390 <term><varname>SendVendorOption=</varname></term>
2391 <listitem>
2392 <para>Send an arbitrary vendor option in the DHCPv4 request. Takes a DHCP option number, data
2393 type and data separated with a colon
2394 (<literal><replaceable>option</replaceable>:<replaceable>type</replaceable>:<replaceable>value</replaceable></literal>).
2395 The option number must be an integer in the range 1…254. The type takes one of
2396 <literal>uint8</literal>, <literal>uint16</literal>, <literal>uint32</literal>,
2397 <literal>ipv4address</literal>, or <literal>string</literal>. Special characters in the data
2398 string may be escaped using
2399 <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Escape_sequences_in_C#Table_of_escape_sequences">C-style
2400 escapes</ulink>. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is specified,
2401 then all options specified earlier are cleared. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2402
2403 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
add469f5
YW
2404 </listitem>
2405 </varlistentry>
2406
2407 <varlistentry>
2408 <term><varname>IPServiceType=</varname></term>
2409 <listitem>
2410 <para>Takes one of the special values <literal>none</literal>, <literal>CS6</literal>, or
2411 <literal>CS4</literal>. When <literal>none</literal> no IP service type is set to the packet
2412 sent from the DHCPv4 client. When <literal>CS6</literal> (network control) or
2413 <literal>CS4</literal> (realtime), the corresponding service type will be set. Defaults to
2414 <literal>CS6</literal>.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2415
2416 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/>
add469f5
YW
2417 </listitem>
2418 </varlistentry>
ea577968 2419
2420 <varlistentry>
2421 <term><varname>SocketPriority=</varname></term>
2422 <listitem>
2423 <para>The Linux socket option <constant>SO_PRIORITY</constant> applied to the raw IP socket used for
2424 initial DHCPv4 messages. Unset by default. Usual values range from 0 to 6.
2425 More details about <constant>SO_PRIORITY</constant> socket option in
2426 <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>socket</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
2427 Can be used in conjunction with [VLAN] section <varname>EgressQOSMaps=</varname> setting of .netdev
2428 file to set the 802.1Q VLAN ethernet tagged header priority, see
2429 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.netdev</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
2430 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2431
2432 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/>
ea577968 2433 </listitem>
2434 </varlistentry>
add469f5
YW
2435
2436 <!-- How to use the DHCP lease -->
2437
2438 <varlistentry>
2439 <term><varname>Label=</varname></term>
2440 <listitem>
2441 <para>Specifies the label for the IPv4 address received from the DHCP server. The label must
2442 be a 7-bit ASCII string with a length of 1…15 characters. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2443
2444 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
add469f5
YW
2445 </listitem>
2446 </varlistentry>
2447
2448 <varlistentry>
2449 <term><varname>UseDNS=</varname></term>
2450 <listitem>
2451 <para>When true (the default), the DNS servers received from the DHCP server will be used.
2452 </para>
2453
2454 <para>This corresponds to the <option>nameserver</option> option in
2455 <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>resolv.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
2456 </para>
aefdc112
AK
2457
2458 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
add469f5
YW
2459 </listitem>
2460 </varlistentry>
2461
2462 <varlistentry>
2463 <term><varname>RoutesToDNS=</varname></term>
2464 <listitem>
2465 <para>When true, the routes to the DNS servers received from the DHCP server will be
2466 configured. When <varname>UseDNS=</varname> is disabled, this setting is ignored. Defaults to
2467 true.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2468
2469 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
add469f5
YW
2470 </listitem>
2471 </varlistentry>
2472
2473 <varlistentry>
2474 <term><varname>UseNTP=</varname></term>
2475 <listitem>
2476 <para>When true (the default), the NTP servers received from the DHCP server will be used by
2477 <filename>systemd-timesyncd.service</filename>.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2478
2479 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/>
add469f5
YW
2480 </listitem>
2481 </varlistentry>
2482
2483 <varlistentry>
2484 <term><varname>RoutesToNTP=</varname></term>
2485 <listitem>
2486 <para>When true, the routes to the NTP servers received from the DHCP server will be
2487 configured. When <varname>UseNTP=</varname> is disabled, this setting is ignored. Defaults to
2488 true.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2489
2490 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
add469f5
YW
2491 </listitem>
2492 </varlistentry>
2493
2494 <varlistentry>
2495 <term><varname>UseSIP=</varname></term>
2496 <listitem>
2497 <para>When true (the default), the SIP servers received from the DHCP server will be collected
2498 and made available to client programs.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2499
2500 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/>
add469f5
YW
2501 </listitem>
2502 </varlistentry>
2503
edb88a72
RP
2504 <varlistentry>
2505 <term><varname>UseCaptivePortal=</varname></term>
2506 <listitem>
2507 <para>When true (the default), the captive portal advertised by the DHCP server will be recorded
bf63dadb
ZJS
2508 and made available to client programs and displayed in the
2509 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
2510 status output per-link.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2511
2512 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/>
edb88a72
RP
2513 </listitem>
2514 </varlistentry>
2515
add469f5
YW
2516 <varlistentry>
2517 <term><varname>UseMTU=</varname></term>
2518 <listitem>
2519 <para>When true, the interface maximum transmission unit from the DHCP server will be used on
2520 the current link. If <varname>MTUBytes=</varname> is set, then this setting is ignored.
2521 Defaults to false.</para>
2522
2523 <para>Note, some drivers will reset the interfaces if the MTU is changed. For such
2524 interfaces, please try to use <varname>IgnoreCarrierLoss=</varname> with a short timespan,
2525 e.g. <literal>3 seconds</literal>.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2526
2527 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
add469f5
YW
2528 </listitem>
2529 </varlistentry>
2530
2531 <varlistentry>
2532 <term><varname>UseHostname=</varname></term>
2533 <listitem>
2534 <para>When true (the default), the hostname received from the DHCP server will be set as the
2535 transient hostname of the system.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2536
2537 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
add469f5
YW
2538 </listitem>
2539 </varlistentry>
2540
2541 <varlistentry>
2542 <term><varname>UseDomains=</varname></term>
2543 <listitem>
15102ced
ZJS
2544 <para>Takes a boolean, or the special value <option>route</option>. When true, the domain name
2545 received from the DHCP server will be used as DNS search domain over this link, similarly to the
2546 effect of the <option>Domains=</option> setting. If set to <option>route</option>, the domain name
2547 received from the DHCP server will be used for routing DNS queries only, but not for searching,
2548 similarly to the effect of the <option>Domains=</option> setting when the argument is prefixed with
2549 <literal>~</literal>. Defaults to false.</para>
add469f5
YW
2550
2551 <para>It is recommended to enable this option only on trusted networks, as setting this
2552 affects resolution of all hostnames, in particular of single-label names. It is generally
2553 safer to use the supplied domain only as routing domain, rather than as search domain, in
2554 order to not have it affect local resolution of single-label names.</para>
2555
2556 <para>When set to true, this setting corresponds to the <option>domain</option> option in
2557 <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>resolv.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
2558 </para>
aefdc112
AK
2559
2560 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/>
add469f5
YW
2561 </listitem>
2562 </varlistentry>
2563
2564 <varlistentry>
2565 <term><varname>UseRoutes=</varname></term>
2566 <listitem>
2567 <para>When true (the default), the static routes will be requested from the DHCP server and
2568 added to the routing table with a metric of 1024, and a scope of <option>global</option>,
2569 <option>link</option> or <option>host</option>, depending on the route's destination and
2570 gateway. If the destination is on the local host, e.g., 127.x.x.x, or the same as the link's
2571 own address, the scope will be set to <option>host</option>. Otherwise if the gateway is null
2572 (a direct route), a <option>link</option> scope will be used. For anything else, scope
2573 defaults to <option>global</option>.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2574
2575 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/>
add469f5
YW
2576 </listitem>
2577 </varlistentry>
2578
2579 <varlistentry>
2580 <term><varname>RouteMetric=</varname></term>
2581 <listitem>
2582 <para>Set the routing metric for routes specified by the DHCP server (including the prefix
2583 route added for the specified prefix). Takes an unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967295.
2584 Defaults to 1024.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2585
2586 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v217"/>
add469f5
YW
2587 </listitem>
2588 </varlistentry>
2589
2590 <varlistentry>
2591 <term><varname>RouteTable=<replaceable>num</replaceable></varname></term>
2592 <listitem>
7db98bc9
YW
2593 <para>The table identifier for DHCP routes. Takes one of predefined names
2594 <literal>default</literal>, <literal>main</literal>, and <literal>local</literal>, and names
2595 defined in <varname>RouteTable=</varname> in
2596 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
2597 or a number between 1…4294967295.</para>
add469f5
YW
2598
2599 <para>When used in combination with <varname>VRF=</varname>, the VRF's routing table is
2600 used when this parameter is not specified.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2601
2602 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/>
add469f5
YW
2603 </listitem>
2604 </varlistentry>
2605
2606 <varlistentry>
2607 <term><varname>RouteMTUBytes=</varname></term>
2608 <listitem>
2609 <para>Specifies the MTU for the DHCP routes. Please see the [Route] section for further
2610 details.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2611
2612 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
add469f5
YW
2613 </listitem>
2614 </varlistentry>
2615
f95fb199
YW
2616 <varlistentry>
2617 <term><varname>QuickAck=</varname></term>
2618 <listitem>
2619 <para>Takes a boolean. When true, the TCP quick ACK mode is enabled for the routes configured by
2620 the acquired DHCPv4 lease. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2621
2622 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/>
f95fb199
YW
2623 </listitem>
2624 </varlistentry>
2625
cb35a0d4
SS
2626 <varlistentry>
2627 <term><varname>InitialCongestionWindow=</varname></term>
2628 <listitem>
2629 <para>As in the [Route] section.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2630
2631 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
cb35a0d4
SS
2632 </listitem>
2633 </varlistentry>
2634
2635 <varlistentry>
2636 <term><varname>InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow=</varname></term>
2637 <listitem>
2638 <para>As in the [Route] section.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2639
2640 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
cb35a0d4
SS
2641 </listitem>
2642 </varlistentry>
2643
add469f5
YW
2644 <varlistentry>
2645 <term><varname>UseGateway=</varname></term>
2646 <listitem>
45a7ef45
YW
2647 <para>When true, and the DHCP server provides a Router option, the default gateway based on the
2648 router address will be configured. Defaults to unset, and the value specified with
2649 <varname>UseRoutes=</varname> will be used.</para>
2650
2651 <para>Note, when the server provides both the Router and Classless Static Routes option, and
2652 <varname>UseRoutes=</varname> is enabled, the Router option is always ignored regardless of this
2653 setting. See <ulink url="https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3442">RFC 3442</ulink>.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2654
2655 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
add469f5
YW
2656 </listitem>
2657 </varlistentry>
2658
2659 <varlistentry>
2660 <term><varname>UseTimezone=</varname></term>
2661 <listitem><para>When true, the timezone received from the DHCP server will be set as timezone
aefdc112
AK
2662 of the local system. Defaults to false.</para>
2663
2664 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem>
add469f5
YW
2665 </varlistentry>
2666
2667 <varlistentry>
2668 <term><varname>Use6RD=</varname></term>
2669 <listitem>
2670 <para>When true, subnets of the received IPv6 prefix are assigned to downstream interfaces
2671 which enables <varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname>. See also
2672 <varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname> in the [Network] section, the [DHCPPrefixDelegation]
2673 section, and <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5969">RFC 5969</ulink>. Defaults to
2674 false.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2675
2676 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
add469f5
YW
2677 </listitem>
2678 </varlistentry>
2679
fc35a9f8
YW
2680 <varlistentry>
2681 <term><varname>IPv6OnlyMode=</varname></term>
2682 <listitem>
2683 <para>When true, the DHCPv4 configuration will be delayed by the timespan provided by the DHCP
2684 server and skip to configure dynamic IPv4 network connectivity if IPv6 connectivity is provided
2685 within the timespan. See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8925">RFC 8925</ulink>.
7dc43183 2686 Defaults to false.</para>
fc35a9f8
YW
2687
2688 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
2689 </listitem>
2690 </varlistentry>
2691
add469f5
YW
2692 <varlistentry>
2693 <term><varname>FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec=</varname></term>
2694 <listitem>
6eed65d4 2695 <para>Allows one to set DHCPv4 lease lifetime when DHCPv4 server does not send the lease
add469f5
YW
2696 lifetime. Takes one of <literal>forever</literal> or <literal>infinity</literal>. If
2697 specified, the acquired address never expires. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2698
2699 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
add469f5
YW
2700 </listitem>
2701 </varlistentry>
2702
2703 <!-- How to communicate with the server -->
2704
2705 <varlistentry>
2706 <term><varname>RequestBroadcast=</varname></term>
2707 <listitem>
2708 <para>Request the server to use broadcast messages before the IP address has been configured.
2709 This is necessary for devices that cannot receive RAW packets, or that cannot receive packets
2710 at all before an IP address has been configured. On the other hand, this must not be enabled
2711 on networks where broadcasts are filtered out.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2712
2713 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/>
add469f5
YW
2714 </listitem>
2715 </varlistentry>
2716
2717 <varlistentry>
2718 <term><varname>MaxAttempts=</varname></term>
2719 <listitem>
2720 <para>Specifies how many times the DHCPv4 client configuration should be attempted. Takes a
2721 number or <literal>infinity</literal>. Defaults to <literal>infinity</literal>. Note that the
2722 time between retries is increased exponentially, up to approximately one per minute, so the
2723 network will not be overloaded even if this number is high. The default is suitable in most
2724 circumstances.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2725
2726 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
add469f5
YW
2727 </listitem>
2728 </varlistentry>
2729
2730 <varlistentry>
2731 <term><varname>ListenPort=</varname></term>
2732 <listitem>
2733 <para>Set the port from which the DHCP client packets originate.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2734
2735 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/>
add469f5
YW
2736 </listitem>
2737 </varlistentry>
2738
2739 <varlistentry>
2740 <term><varname>DenyList=</varname></term>
2741 <listitem>
2742 <para>A whitespace-separated list of IPv4 addresses. Each address can optionally take a
2743 prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. DHCP offers from servers in the list are rejected.
2744 Note that if <varname>AllowList=</varname> is configured then <varname>DenyList=</varname> is
2745 ignored.</para>
cf289b14
YW
2746 <para>Note that this filters only DHCP offers, so the filtering may not work when
2747 <varname>RapidCommit=</varname> is enabled. See also <varname>RapidCommit=</varname> in the above.
2748 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2749
2750 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
add469f5
YW
2751 </listitem>
2752 </varlistentry>
2753
2754 <varlistentry>
2755 <term><varname>AllowList=</varname></term>
2756 <listitem>
2757 <para>A whitespace-separated list of IPv4 addresses. Each address can optionally take a
2758 prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. DHCP offers from servers in the list are accepted.
2759 </para>
cf289b14
YW
2760 <para>Note that this filters only DHCP offers, so the filtering may not work when
2761 <varname>RapidCommit=</varname> is enabled. See also <varname>RapidCommit=</varname> in the above.
2762 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2763
2764 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
add469f5
YW
2765 </listitem>
2766 </varlistentry>
2767
2768 <varlistentry>
2769 <term><varname>SendRelease=</varname></term>
2770 <listitem>
2771 <para>When true, the DHCPv4 client sends a DHCP release packet when it stops. Defaults to
2772 true.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2773
2774 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
add469f5
YW
2775 </listitem>
2776 </varlistentry>
2777
2778 <varlistentry>
2779 <term><varname>SendDecline=</varname></term>
2780 <listitem>
2781 <para>A boolean. When true, <command>systemd-networkd</command> performs IPv4 Duplicate
2782 Address Detection to the acquired address by the DHCPv4 client. If duplicate is detected,
2783 the DHCPv4 client rejects the address by sending a <constant>DHCPDECLINE</constant> packet to
2784 the DHCP server, and tries to obtain an IP address again. See
2785 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5227">RFC 5227</ulink>. Defaults to false.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2786
2787 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
add469f5
YW
2788 </listitem>
2789 </varlistentry>
4b3590c3
TM
2790
2791 <varlistentry>
2792 <term><varname>NetLabel=</varname></term>
2793 <listitem>
2794 <para>This applies the NetLabel for the addresses received with DHCP, like
2795 <varname>NetLabel=</varname> in [Address] section applies it to statically configured
2796 addresses. See <varname>NetLabel=</varname> in [Address] section for more details.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2797
2798 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/>
4b3590c3
TM
2799 </listitem>
2800 </varlistentry>
fc289dd0
TM
2801
2802 <varlistentry>
2803 <term><varname>NFTSet=</varname></term>
2804 <listitem>
2805 <para>This applies the NFT set for the network configuration received with DHCP, like
2806 <varname>NFTSet=</varname> in [Address] section applies it to static configuration. See
2807 <varname>NFTSet=</varname> in [Address] section for more details. For <literal>address</literal> or
2808 <literal>prefix</literal> source types, the type of the element used in the NFT filter must be
2809 <literal>ipv4_addr</literal>.</para>
c97f268f
YW
2810
2811 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
fc289dd0
TM
2812 </listitem>
2813 </varlistentry>
add469f5
YW
2814 </variablelist>
2815 </refsect1>
2816
2817 <refsect1>
2818 <title>[DHCPv6] Section Options</title>
2819
2820 <para>The [DHCPv6] section configures the DHCPv6 client, if it is enabled with the
2821 <varname>DHCP=</varname> setting described above, or invoked by the IPv6 Router Advertisement:
2822 </para>
2823
2824 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
2825
2826 <!-- DHCP packet contents -->
2827
2828 <varlistentry>
2829 <term><varname>MUDURL=</varname></term>
2830 <term><varname>IAID=</varname></term>
2831 <term><varname>DUIDType=</varname></term>
2832 <term><varname>DUIDRawData=</varname></term>
2833 <term><varname>RequestOptions=</varname></term>
2834 <listitem>
2835 <para>As in the [DHCPv4] section.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2836
2837 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
add469f5
YW
2838 </listitem>
2839 </varlistentry>
2840
2841 <varlistentry>
2842 <term><varname>SendOption=</varname></term>
2843 <listitem>
2844 <para>As in the [DHCPv4] section, however because DHCPv6 uses 16-bit fields to store option
2845 numbers, the option number is an integer in the range 1…65536.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2846
2847 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
add469f5
YW
2848 </listitem>
2849 </varlistentry>
2850
2851 <varlistentry>
2852 <term><varname>SendVendorOption=</varname></term>
2853 <listitem>
2854 <para>Send an arbitrary vendor option in the DHCPv6 request. Takes an enterprise identifier,
2855 DHCP option number, data type, and data separated with a colon
2856 (<literal><replaceable>enterprise identifier</replaceable>:<replaceable>option</replaceable>:<replaceable>type</replaceable>:<replaceable>value</replaceable></literal>).
2857 Enterprise identifier is an unsigned integer in the range 1…4294967294. The option number
2858 must be an integer in the range 1…254. Data type takes one of <literal>uint8</literal>,
2859 <literal>uint16</literal>, <literal>uint32</literal>, <literal>ipv4address</literal>,
2860 <literal>ipv6address</literal>, or <literal>string</literal>. Special characters in the data
2861 string may be escaped using
2862 <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Escape_sequences_in_C#Table_of_escape_sequences">C-style
2863 escapes</ulink>. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is
2864 specified, then all options specified earlier are cleared. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2865
2866 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
add469f5
YW
2867 </listitem>
2868 </varlistentry>
2869
2870 <varlistentry>
2871 <term><varname>UserClass=</varname></term>
2872 <listitem>
2873 <para>A DHCPv6 client can use User Class option to identify the type or category of user or
2874 applications it represents. The information contained in this option is a string that
2875 represents the user class of which the client is a member. Each class sets an identifying
2876 string of information to be used by the DHCP service to classify clients. Special characters
2877 in the data string may be escaped using
2878 <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Escape_sequences_in_C#Table_of_escape_sequences">C-style
2879 escapes</ulink>. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is
2880 specified, then all options specified earlier are cleared. Takes a whitespace-separated list
2881 of strings. Note that currently <constant>NUL</constant> bytes are not allowed.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2882
2883 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
add469f5
YW
2884 </listitem>
2885 </varlistentry>
2886
2887 <varlistentry>
2888 <term><varname>VendorClass=</varname></term>
2889 <listitem>
2890 <para>A DHCPv6 client can use VendorClass option to identify the vendor that manufactured the
2891 hardware on which the client is running. The information contained in the data area of this
2892 option is contained in one or more opaque fields that identify details of the hardware
2893 configuration. Takes a whitespace-separated list of strings.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2894
2895 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
add469f5
YW
2896 </listitem>
2897 </varlistentry>
2898
2899 <varlistentry>
2900 <term><varname>PrefixDelegationHint=</varname></term>
2901 <listitem>
2902 <para>Takes an IPv6 address with prefix length in the same format as the
2903 <varname>Address=</varname> in the [Network] section. The DHCPv6 client will include a prefix
2904 hint in the DHCPv6 solicitation sent to the server. The prefix length must be in the range
2905 1…128. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2906
2907 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/>
add469f5
YW
2908 </listitem>
2909 </varlistentry>
2910
50ee1fec
YW
2911 <varlistentry>
2912 <term><varname>RapidCommit=</varname></term>
2913 <listitem>
2914 <para>Takes a boolean. The DHCPv6 client can obtain configuration parameters from a DHCPv6 server
2915 through a rapid two-message exchange (solicit and reply). When the rapid commit option is set by
2916 both the DHCPv6 client and the DHCPv6 server, the two-message exchange is used. Otherwise, the
2917 four-message exchange (solicit, advertise, request, and reply) is used. The two-message exchange
2918 provides faster client configuration. See
2919 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3315#section-17.2.1">RFC 3315</ulink> for details.
2920 Defaults to true, and the two-message exchange will be used if the server support it.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2921
2922 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/>
50ee1fec
YW
2923 </listitem>
2924 </varlistentry>
2925
b90480c8
RP
2926 <varlistentry>
2927 <term><varname>SendHostname=</varname></term>
2928 <listitem>
2929 <para>When true (the default), the machine's hostname (or the value specified with
2930 <varname>Hostname=</varname>, described below) will be sent to the DHCPv6 server. Note that the
2931 hostname must consist only of 7-bit ASCII lower-case characters and no spaces or dots, and be
2932 formatted as a valid DNS domain name. Otherwise, the hostname is not sent even if this option
2933 is true.</para>
2934
2935 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
2936 </listitem>
2937 </varlistentry>
2938
2939 <varlistentry>
2940 <term><varname>Hostname=</varname></term>
2941 <listitem>
2942 <para>Use this value for the hostname which is sent to the DHCPv6 server, instead of machine's
2943 hostname. Note that the specified hostname must consist only of 7-bit ASCII lower-case
2944 characters and no spaces or dots, and be formatted as a valid DNS domain name.</para>
2945
2946 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
2947 </listitem>
2948 </varlistentry>
2949
add469f5
YW
2950 <!-- How to use the DHCP lease -->
2951
2952 <varlistentry>
2953 <term><varname>UseAddress=</varname></term>
2954 <listitem>
2955 <para>When true (the default), the IP addresses provided by the DHCPv6 server will be
2956 assigned.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2957
2958 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
add469f5
YW
2959 </listitem>
2960 </varlistentry>
2961
a75feb55
RP
2962 <varlistentry>
2963 <term><varname>UseCaptivePortal=</varname></term>
2964 <listitem>
2965 <para>When true (the default), the captive portal advertised by the DHCPv6 server will be recorded
bf63dadb
ZJS
2966 and made available to client programs and displayed in the
2967 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
2968 status output per-link.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2969
2970 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/>
a75feb55
RP
2971 </listitem>
2972 </varlistentry>
2973
add469f5
YW
2974 <varlistentry>
2975 <term><varname>UseDelegatedPrefix=</varname></term>
2976 <listitem>
2977 <para>When true (the default), the client will request the DHCPv6 server to delegate
2978 prefixes. If the server provides prefixes to be delegated, then subnets of the prefixes are
625d71b9 2979 assigned to the interfaces that have <varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=yes</varname>.
add469f5
YW
2980 See also the <varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname> setting in the [Network] section,
2981 settings in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section, and
2982 <ulink url="https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc8415.html#section-6.3">RFC 8415</ulink>.
2983 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2984
2985 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
add469f5
YW
2986 </listitem>
2987 </varlistentry>
2988
2989 <varlistentry>
2990 <term><varname>UseDNS=</varname></term>
2991 <term><varname>UseNTP=</varname></term>
2992 <term><varname>UseHostname=</varname></term>
2993 <term><varname>UseDomains=</varname></term>
4b3590c3 2994 <term><varname>NetLabel=</varname></term>
b895aa5f 2995 <term><varname>SendRelease=</varname></term>
add469f5
YW
2996 <listitem>
2997 <para>As in the [DHCPv4] section.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2998
2999 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
add469f5
YW
3000 </listitem>
3001 </varlistentry>
3002
fc289dd0
TM
3003 <varlistentry>
3004 <term><varname>NFTSet=</varname></term>
3005 <listitem>
3006 <para>This applies the NFT set for the network configuration received with DHCP, like
3007 <varname>NFTSet=</varname> in [Address] section applies it to static configuration. See
3008 <varname>NFTSet=</varname> in [Address] section for more details. For <literal>address</literal>
3009 or <literal>prefix</literal> source types, the type of the element used in the NFT filter must be
3010 <literal>ipv6_addr</literal>.</para>
c97f268f
YW
3011
3012 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
fc289dd0
TM
3013 </listitem>
3014 </varlistentry>
3015
add469f5
YW
3016 <!-- How to communicate with the server -->
3017
3018 <varlistentry>
3019 <term><varname>WithoutRA=</varname></term>
3020 <listitem>
0bcc6557
AH
3021 <para>Allows DHCPv6 client to start without router advertisements's
3022 <literal>managed</literal> or <literal>other configuration</literal> flag. Takes one of
3023 <literal>no</literal>, <literal>solicit</literal>, or
3024 <literal>information-request</literal>. If this is not specified,
add469f5
YW
3025 <literal>solicit</literal> is used when <varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname> is enabled
3026 and <varname>UplinkInterface=:self</varname> is specified in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation]
3027 section. Otherwise, defaults to <literal>no</literal>, and the DHCPv6 client will be started
3028 when an RA is received. See also the <varname>DHCPv6Client=</varname> setting in the
3029 [IPv6AcceptRA] section.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3030
3031 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
add469f5
YW
3032 </listitem>
3033 </varlistentry>
3034 </variablelist>
caa8ca42 3035 </refsect1>
99e015e2
YW
3036
3037 <refsect1>
a27588d4 3038 <title>[DHCPPrefixDelegation] Section Options</title>
31fc1366 3039 <para>The [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section configures subnet prefixes of the delegated prefixes
8b9f0921 3040 acquired by a DHCPv6 client or by a DHCPv4 client through the 6RD option on another interface.
31fc1366
YW
3041 The settings in this section are used only when the <varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname>
3042 setting in the [Network] section is enabled.</para>
99e015e2
YW
3043
3044 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
dc5cae6c
YW
3045 <varlistentry>
3046 <term><varname>UplinkInterface=</varname></term>
3047 <listitem>
3048 <para>Specifies the name or the index of the uplink interface, or one of the special values
3049 <literal>:self</literal> and <literal>:auto</literal>. When <literal>:self</literal>, the
149cda85
YW
3050 interface itself is considered the uplink interface, and
3051 <varname>WithoutRA=solicit</varname> is implied if the setting is not explicitly specified.
3052 When <literal>:auto</literal>, the first link which acquired prefixes to be delegated from
31fc1366 3053 the DHCPv6 or DHCPv4 server is selected. Defaults to <literal>:auto</literal>.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3054
3055 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
dc5cae6c
YW
3056 </listitem>
3057 </varlistentry>
3058
99e015e2
YW
3059 <varlistentry>
3060 <term><varname>SubnetId=</varname></term>
3061 <listitem>
3062 <para>Configure a specific subnet ID on the interface from a (previously) received prefix
3063 delegation. You can either set "auto" (the default) or a specific subnet ID (as defined in
3064 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4291#section-2.5.4">RFC 4291</ulink>, section
3065 2.5.4), in which case the allowed value is hexadecimal, from 0 to 0x7fffffffffffffff
e5ff2245 3066 inclusive.</para>
aefdc112
AK
3067
3068 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
e5ff2245
YW
3069 </listitem>
3070 </varlistentry>
3071
3072 <varlistentry>
3073 <term><varname>Announce=</varname></term>
3074 <listitem>
3075 <para>Takes a boolean. When enabled, and <varname>IPv6SendRA=</varname> in [Network] section
3076 is enabled, the delegated prefixes are distributed through the IPv6 Router Advertisement.
31fc1366
YW
3077 This setting will be ignored when the <varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname> setting is
3078 enabled on the upstream interface. Defaults to yes.</para>
aefdc112
AK
3079
3080 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/>
99e015e2
YW
3081 </listitem>
3082 </varlistentry>
3083
3084 <varlistentry>
3085 <term><varname>Assign=</varname></term>
3086 <listitem>
3087 <para>Takes a boolean. Specifies whether to add an address from the delegated prefixes which
e5ff2245 3088 are received from the WAN interface by the DHCPv6 Prefix Delegation. When true (on LAN
6c2d70ce 3089 interface), the EUI-64 algorithm will be used by default to form an interface identifier from
e5ff2245
YW
3090 the delegated prefixes. See also <varname>Token=</varname> setting below. Defaults to yes.
3091 </para>
aefdc112
AK
3092
3093 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
99e015e2
YW
3094 </listitem>
3095 </varlistentry>
3096
3097 <varlistentry>
3098 <term><varname>Token=</varname></term>
3099 <listitem>
e5ff2245 3100 <para>Specifies an optional address generation mode for assigning an address in each
f5960e0a
YW
3101 delegated prefix. This accepts the same syntax as <varname>Token=</varname> in the
3102 [IPv6AcceptRA] section. If <varname>Assign=</varname> is set to false, then this setting will
3103 be ignored. Defaults to unset, which means the EUI-64 algorithm will be used.</para>
aefdc112
AK
3104
3105 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
99e015e2
YW
3106 </listitem>
3107 </varlistentry>
fec1b650
YW
3108
3109 <varlistentry>
3110 <term><varname>ManageTemporaryAddress=</varname></term>
3111 <listitem>
3112 <para>As in the [Address] section, but defaults to true.</para>
aefdc112
AK
3113
3114 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
fec1b650
YW
3115 </listitem>
3116 </varlistentry>
9fe0b7b4
YW
3117
3118 <varlistentry>
3119 <term><varname>RouteMetric=</varname></term>
3120 <listitem>
3121 <para>The metric of the route to the delegated prefix subnet. Takes an unsigned integer in
d0619f2c
YW
3122 the range 0…4294967295. When set to 0, the kernel's default value is used. Defaults to 256.
3123 </para>
aefdc112
AK
3124
3125 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
9fe0b7b4
YW
3126 </listitem>
3127 </varlistentry>
4b3590c3
TM
3128
3129 <varlistentry>
3130 <term><varname>NetLabel=</varname></term>
3131 <listitem>
3132 <para>This applies the NetLabel for the addresses received with DHCP, like
3133 <varname>NetLabel=</varname> in [Address] section applies it to statically configured
3134 addresses. See <varname>NetLabel=</varname> in [Address] section for more details.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3135
3136 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/>
4b3590c3
TM
3137 </listitem>
3138 </varlistentry>
fc289dd0
TM
3139
3140 <varlistentry>
3141 <term><varname>NFTSet=</varname></term>
3142 <listitem>
3143 <para>This applies the NFT set for the network configuration received with DHCP, like
3144 <varname>NFTSet=</varname> in [Address] section applies it to static configuration. See
3145 <varname>NFTSet=</varname> in [Address] section for more details. For <literal>address</literal> or
3146 <literal>prefix</literal> source types, the type of the element used in the NFT filter must be
3147 <literal>ipv6_addr</literal>.</para>
c97f268f
YW
3148
3149 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
fc289dd0
TM
3150 </listitem>
3151 </varlistentry>
99e015e2
YW
3152 </variablelist>
3153 </refsect1>
413708d1 3154
1e7a0e21 3155 <refsect1>
f921f573 3156 <title>[IPv6AcceptRA] Section Options</title>
c463ae74
YW
3157 <para>The [IPv6AcceptRA] section configures the IPv6 Router Advertisement (RA) client, if it is enabled
3158 with the <varname>IPv6AcceptRA=</varname> setting described above:</para>
1e7a0e21 3159
c463ae74
YW
3160 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
3161 <varlistentry>
3162 <term><varname>Token=</varname></term>
3163 <listitem>
3164 <para>Specifies an optional address generation mode for the Stateless Address
3165 Autoconfiguration (SLAAC). The following values are supported:</para>
3166
3167 <variablelist>
3168 <varlistentry>
3169 <term><option>eui64</option></term>
3170 <listitem>
3171 <para>
ab106a60
YW
3172 The EUI-64 algorithm will be used to generate an address for that prefix. Only
3173 supported by Ethernet or InfiniBand interfaces.
c463ae74 3174 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3175
3176 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
c463ae74
YW
3177 </listitem>
3178 </varlistentry>
3179 <varlistentry>
3180 <term><option>static:<replaceable>ADDRESS</replaceable></option></term>
3181 <listitem>
3182 <para>
3183 An IPv6 address must be specified after a colon (<literal>:</literal>), and the
3184 lower bits of the supplied address are combined with the upper bits of a prefix
3185 received in a Router Advertisement (RA) message to form a complete address. Note
3186 that if multiple prefixes are received in an RA message, or in multiple RA messages,
3187 addresses will be formed from each of them using the supplied address. This mode
3188 implements SLAAC but uses a static interface identifier instead of an identifier
3189 generated by using the EUI-64 algorithm. Because the interface identifier is static,
3190 if Duplicate Address Detection detects that the computed address is a duplicate
3191 (in use by another node on the link), then this mode will fail to provide an address
3192 for that prefix. If an IPv6 address without mode is specified, then
3193 <literal>static</literal> mode is assumed.
3194 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3195
3196 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
c463ae74
YW
3197 </listitem>
3198 </varlistentry>
3199 <varlistentry>
f2a3a133 3200 <term><option>prefixstable[:<replaceable>ADDRESS</replaceable>][,<replaceable>UUID</replaceable>]</option></term>
c463ae74
YW
3201 <listitem>
3202 <para>
3203 The algorithm specified in
3204 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7217">RFC 7217</ulink> will be used to
3205 generate interface identifiers. This mode can optionally take an IPv6 address
3206 separated with a colon (<literal>:</literal>). If an IPv6 address is specified,
3207 then an interface identifier is generated only when a prefix received in an RA
3208 message matches the supplied address.
3209 </para>
f2a3a133
YW
3210 <para>
3211 This mode can also optionally take a non-null UUID in the format which
3212 <function>sd_id128_from_string()</function> accepts, e.g.
3213 <literal>86b123b969ba4b7eb8b3d8605123525a</literal> or
3214 <literal>86b123b9-69ba-4b7e-b8b3-d8605123525a</literal>. If a UUID is specified, the
3215 value is used as the secret key to generate interface identifiers. If not specified,
3216 then an application specific ID generated with the system's machine-ID will be used
3217 as the secret key. See
3218 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd-id128</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
3219 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd_id128_from_string</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
3220 and
fe003f02 3221 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd_id128_get_machine</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
f2a3a133 3222 </para>
c463ae74
YW
3223 <para>
3224 Note that the <literal>prefixstable</literal> algorithm uses both the interface
3225 name and MAC address as input to the hash to compute the interface identifier, so
3226 if either of those are changed the resulting interface identifier (and address)
3227 will be changed, even if the prefix received in the RA message has not been
3228 changed.
3229 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3230
3231 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
c463ae74
YW
3232 </listitem>
3233 </varlistentry>
3234 </variablelist>
3235
3236 <para>If no address generation mode is specified (which is the default), or a received
3237 prefix does not match any of the addresses provided in <literal>prefixstable</literal>
ab106a60
YW
3238 mode, then the EUI-64 algorithm will be used for Ethernet or InfiniBand interfaces,
3239 otherwise <literal>prefixstable</literal> will be used to form an interface identifier for
3240 that prefix.</para>
c463ae74
YW
3241
3242 <para>This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is assigned, then
3243 the all previous assignments are cleared.</para>
3244
3245 <para>Examples:
3246 <programlisting>Token=eui64
140bf8da 3247Token=::1a:2b:3c:4d
a73628e6
YW
3248Token=static:::1a:2b:3c:4d
3249Token=prefixstable
3250Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3251
3252 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
c463ae74
YW
3253 </listitem>
3254 </varlistentry>
1e7a0e21 3255
c463ae74
YW
3256 <varlistentry>
3257 <term><varname>UseDNS=</varname></term>
3258 <listitem>
3259 <para>When true (the default), the DNS servers received in the Router Advertisement will be used.</para>
1e7a0e21 3260
c463ae74
YW
3261 <para>This corresponds to the <option>nameserver</option> option in <citerefentry
3262 project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>resolv.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
aefdc112
AK
3263
3264 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v231"/>
c463ae74
YW
3265 </listitem>
3266 </varlistentry>
1e7a0e21 3267
c463ae74
YW
3268 <varlistentry>
3269 <term><varname>UseDomains=</varname></term>
3270 <listitem>
3271 <para>Takes a boolean, or the special value <literal>route</literal>. When true, the domain name
15102ced
ZJS
3272 received via IPv6 Router Advertisement (RA) will be used as DNS search domain over this link,
3273 similarly to the effect of the <option>Domains=</option> setting. If set to
3274 <literal>route</literal>, the domain name received via IPv6 RA will be used for routing DNS queries
3275 only, but not for searching, similarly to the effect of the <option>Domains=</option> setting when
3276 the argument is prefixed with <literal>~</literal>. Defaults to false.</para>
c463ae74
YW
3277
3278 <para>It is recommended to enable this option only on trusted networks, as setting this affects resolution
3279 of all hostnames, in particular of single-label names. It is generally safer to use the supplied domain
3280 only as routing domain, rather than as search domain, in order to not have it affect local resolution of
3281 single-label names.</para>
3282
3283 <para>When set to true, this setting corresponds to the <option>domain</option> option in <citerefentry
3284 project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>resolv.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
aefdc112
AK
3285
3286 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v231"/>
c463ae74
YW
3287 </listitem>
3288 </varlistentry>
2ba31d29 3289
c463ae74
YW
3290 <varlistentry>
3291 <term><varname>RouteTable=<replaceable>num</replaceable></varname></term>
3292 <listitem>
7db98bc9
YW
3293 <para>The table identifier for the routes received in the Router Advertisement. Takes one of
3294 predefined names <literal>default</literal>, <literal>main</literal>, and <literal>local</literal>,
3295 and names defined in <varname>RouteTable=</varname> in
3296 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
3297 or a number between 1…4294967295.</para>
3298
3299 <para>When used in combination with <varname>VRF=</varname>, the VRF's routing table is
3300 used when this parameter is not specified.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3301
3302 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/>
c463ae74
YW
3303 </listitem>
3304 </varlistentry>
062c2eea 3305
c463ae74
YW
3306 <varlistentry>
3307 <term><varname>RouteMetric=</varname></term>
3308 <listitem>
6f812d28
YW
3309 <para>Set the routing metric for the routes received in the Router Advertisement. Takes an unsigned
3310 integer in the range 0…4294967295, or three unsigned integer separated with <literal>:</literal>,
3311 in that case the first one is used when the router preference is high, the second is for medium
3312 preference, and the last is for low preference
3313 (<literal><replaceable>high</replaceable>:<replaceable>medium</replaceable>:<replaceable>low</replaceable></literal>).
3314 Defaults to <literal>512:1024:2048</literal>.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3315
3316 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
c463ae74
YW
3317 </listitem>
3318 </varlistentry>
8ebafba9 3319
f95fb199
YW
3320 <varlistentry>
3321 <term><varname>QuickAck=</varname></term>
3322 <listitem>
3323 <para>Takes a boolean. When true, the TCP quick ACK mode is enabled for the routes configured by
3324 the received RAs. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3325
3326 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/>
f95fb199
YW
3327 </listitem>
3328 </varlistentry>
3329
c463ae74
YW
3330 <varlistentry>
3331 <term><varname>UseMTU=</varname></term>
3332 <listitem>
3333 <para>Takes a boolean. When true, the MTU received in the Router Advertisement will be
3334 used. Defaults to true.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3335
3336 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
c463ae74
YW
3337 </listitem>
3338 </varlistentry>
7d93b92f 3339
f141b2c0
SS
3340 <varlistentry>
3341 <term><varname>UseHopLimit=</varname></term>
3342 <listitem>
3343 <para>Takes a boolean. When true, the hop limit received in the Router Advertisement will be set to routes
3344 configured based on the advertisement. See also <varname>IPv6HopLimit=</varname>. Defaults to true.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3345
3346 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
f141b2c0
SS
3347 </listitem>
3348 </varlistentry>
3349
d4c8de21
MM
3350 <varlistentry>
3351 <term><varname>UseRetransmissionTime=</varname></term>
3352 <listitem>
3353 <para>Takes a boolean. When true, the retransmission time received in the Router Advertisement will be set
3354 on the interface receiving the advertisement. It is used as the time between retransmissions of Neighbor
3355 Solicitation messages to a neighbor when resolving the address or when probing the reachability of a neighbor.
3356 Defaults to true.</para>
3357
3358 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v256"/>
3359 </listitem>
3360 </varlistentry>
3361
91750028
SS
3362 <varlistentry>
3363 <term><varname>UseICMP6RateLimit=</varname></term>
3364 <listitem>
3365 <para>Takes a boolean. When true, the ICMP6 rate limit received in the Router Advertisement will be set to ICMP6
3366 rate limit based on the advertisement. Defaults to true.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3367
3368 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
91750028
SS
3369 </listitem>
3370 </varlistentry>
3371
c463ae74
YW
3372 <varlistentry>
3373 <term><varname>UseGateway=</varname></term>
3374 <listitem>
3375 <para>When true (the default), the router address will be configured as the default gateway.
3376 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3377
3378 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
c463ae74
YW
3379 </listitem>
3380 </varlistentry>
610c0db1 3381
c463ae74
YW
3382 <varlistentry>
3383 <term><varname>UseRoutePrefix=</varname></term>
3384 <listitem>
3385 <para>When true (the default), the routes corresponding to the route prefixes received in
3386 the Router Advertisement will be configured.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3387
3388 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
c463ae74
YW
3389 </listitem>
3390 </varlistentry>
610c0db1 3391
d74c4ce1
RP
3392 <varlistentry>
3393 <term><varname>UseCaptivePortal=</varname></term>
3394 <listitem>
3395 <para>When true (the default), the captive portal received in the Router Advertisement will be recorded
bf63dadb
ZJS
3396 and made available to client programs and displayed in the
3397 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
3398 status output per-link.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3399
3400 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/>
d74c4ce1
RP
3401 </listitem>
3402 </varlistentry>
3403
6e8f5e4c
SS
3404 <varlistentry>
3405 <term><varname>UsePREF64=</varname></term>
3406 <listitem>
bf63dadb
ZJS
3407 <para>When true, the IPv6 PREF64 (or NAT64) prefixes received in the Router Advertisement will be
3408 recorded and made available to client programs and displayed in the
3409 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
3410 status output per-link. See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8781">RFC 8781</ulink>.
3411 Defaults to false.</para>
6e8f5e4c
SS
3412
3413 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
3414 </listitem>
3415 </varlistentry>
3416
c463ae74
YW
3417 <varlistentry>
3418 <term><varname>UseAutonomousPrefix=</varname></term>
3419 <listitem>
3420 <para>When true (the default), the autonomous prefix received in the Router Advertisement will be used and take
3421 precedence over any statically configured ones.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3422
3423 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/>
c463ae74
YW
3424 </listitem>
3425 </varlistentry>
062c2eea 3426
c463ae74
YW
3427 <varlistentry>
3428 <term><varname>UseOnLinkPrefix=</varname></term>
3429 <listitem>
3430 <para>When true (the default), the onlink prefix received in the Router Advertisement will be
3431 used and takes precedence over any statically configured ones.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3432
3433 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/>
c463ae74
YW
3434 </listitem>
3435 </varlistentry>
062c2eea 3436
c463ae74
YW
3437 <varlistentry>
3438 <term><varname>RouterDenyList=</varname></term>
3439 <listitem>
3440 <para>A whitespace-separated list of IPv6 router addresses. Each address can optionally
3441 take a prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. Any information advertised by the listed
3442 router is ignored.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3443
3444 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
c463ae74
YW
3445 </listitem>
3446 </varlistentry>
75d26411 3447
c463ae74
YW
3448 <varlistentry>
3449 <term><varname>RouterAllowList=</varname></term>
3450 <listitem>
3451 <para>A whitespace-separated list of IPv6 router addresses. Each address can optionally
3452 take a prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. Only information advertised by the listed
3453 router is accepted. Note that if <varname>RouterAllowList=</varname> is configured then
3454 <varname>RouterDenyList=</varname> is ignored.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3455
3456 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
c463ae74
YW
3457 </listitem>
3458 </varlistentry>
75d26411 3459
c463ae74
YW
3460 <varlistentry>
3461 <term><varname>PrefixDenyList=</varname></term>
3462 <listitem>
3463 <para>A whitespace-separated list of IPv6 prefixes. Each prefix can optionally take its
3464 prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. IPv6 prefixes supplied via router advertisements
3465 in the list are ignored.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3466
3467 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
c463ae74
YW
3468 </listitem>
3469 </varlistentry>
16c89e64 3470
c463ae74
YW
3471 <varlistentry>
3472 <term><varname>PrefixAllowList=</varname></term>
3473 <listitem>
3474 <para>A whitespace-separated list of IPv6 prefixes. Each prefix can optionally take its
3475 prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. IPv6 prefixes supplied via router advertisements
3476 in the list are allowed. Note that if <varname>PrefixAllowList=</varname> is configured
3477 then <varname>PrefixDenyList=</varname> is ignored.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3478
3479 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
c463ae74
YW
3480 </listitem>
3481 </varlistentry>
de6b6ff8 3482
c463ae74
YW
3483 <varlistentry>
3484 <term><varname>RouteDenyList=</varname></term>
3485 <listitem>
3486 <para>A whitespace-separated list of IPv6 route prefixes. Each prefix can optionally take
3487 its prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. IPv6 route prefixes supplied via router
3488 advertisements in the list are ignored.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3489
3490 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
c463ae74
YW
3491 </listitem>
3492 </varlistentry>
e520ce64 3493
c463ae74
YW
3494 <varlistentry>
3495 <term><varname>RouteAllowList=</varname></term>
3496 <listitem>
3497 <para>A whitespace-separated list of IPv6 route prefixes. Each prefix can optionally take
3498 its prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. IPv6 route prefixes supplied via router
3499 advertisements in the list are allowed. Note that if <varname>RouteAllowList=</varname> is
3500 configured then <varname>RouteDenyList=</varname> is ignored.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3501
3502 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
c463ae74
YW
3503 </listitem>
3504 </varlistentry>
de6b6ff8 3505
c463ae74
YW
3506 <varlistentry>
3507 <term><varname>DHCPv6Client=</varname></term>
3508 <listitem>
3509 <para>Takes a boolean, or the special value <literal>always</literal>. When true, the
0bcc6557
AH
3510 DHCPv6 client will be started in <literal>solicit</literal> mode if the RA has the
3511 <literal>managed</literal> flag or <literal>information-request</literal> mode if the RA
3512 lacks the <literal>managed</literal> flag but has the
3513 <literal>other configuration</literal> flag. If set to <literal>always</literal>, the
3514 DHCPv6 client will be started in <literal>solicit</literal> mode when an RA is received,
3515 even if neither the <literal>managed</literal> nor the
3516 <literal>other configuration</literal> flag is set in the RA. This will be ignored when
3517 <varname>WithoutRA=</varname> in the [DHCPv6] section is enabled, or
a27588d4 3518 <varname>UplinkInterface=:self</varname> in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section is
c463ae74 3519 specified. Defaults to true.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3520
3521 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
c463ae74
YW
3522 </listitem>
3523 </varlistentry>
4b3590c3
TM
3524
3525 <varlistentry>
3526 <term><varname>NetLabel=</varname></term>
3527 <listitem>
3528 <para>This applies the NetLabel for the addresses received with RA, like
3529 <varname>NetLabel=</varname> in [Address] section applies it to statically configured
3530 addresses. See <varname>NetLabel=</varname> in [Address] section for more details.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3531
3532 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/>
4b3590c3
TM
3533 </listitem>
3534 </varlistentry>
fc289dd0
TM
3535
3536 <varlistentry>
3537 <term><varname>NFTSet=</varname></term>
3538 <listitem>
3539 <para>This applies the NFT set for the network configuration received with RA, like
3540 <varname>NFTSet=</varname> in [Address] section applies it to static configuration. See
3541 <varname>NFTSet=</varname> in [Address] section for more details. For <literal>address</literal> or
3542 <literal>prefix</literal> source types, the type of the element used in the NFT filter must be
3543 <literal>ipv6_addr</literal>.</para>
c97f268f
YW
3544
3545 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
fc289dd0
TM
3546 </listitem>
3547 </varlistentry>
c463ae74 3548 </variablelist>
1e7a0e21
LP
3549 </refsect1>
3550
ad943783
LP
3551 <refsect1>
3552 <title>[DHCPServer] Section Options</title>
bdac5608 3553 <para>The [DHCPServer] section contains settings for the DHCP server, if enabled via the
ad943783
LP
3554 <varname>DHCPServer=</varname> option described above:</para>
3555
3556 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
3557
0017ba31
YW
3558 <varlistentry>
3559 <term><varname>ServerAddress=</varname></term>
e443a88a
YW
3560 <listitem>
3561 <para>Specifies the server address for the DHCP server. Takes an IPv4 address with prefix length
3562 separated with a slash, e.g. <literal>192.168.0.1/24</literal>. Defaults to unset, and one of
3563 static IPv4 addresses configured in [Network] or [Address] section will be automatically selected.
3564 This setting may be useful when the interface on which the DHCP server is running has multiple
3565 static IPv4 addresses.</para>
3566 <para>This implies <varname>Address=</varname> in [Network] or [Address] section with the same
3567 address and prefix length. That is,
3568 <programlisting>[Network]
3569DHCPServer=yes
3570Address=192.168.0.1/24
3571Address=192.168.0.2/24
3572[DHCPServer]
3573ServerAddress=192.168.0.1/24</programlisting>
3574 or
3575 <programlisting>[Network]
3576DHCPServer=yes
3577[Address]
3578Address=192.168.0.1/24
3579[Address]
3580Address=192.168.0.2/24
3581[DHCPServer]
3582ServerAddress=192.168.0.1/24</programlisting>
3583 are equivalent to the following.
3584 <programlisting>[Network]
3585DHCPServer=yes
3586Address=192.168.0.2/24
3587[DHCPServer]
3588ServerAddress=192.168.0.1/24</programlisting>
3589 </para>
3590 <para>Since version 255, like the <varname>Address=</varname> setting in [Network] or [Address]
3591 section, this also supports a null address, e.g. <literal>0.0.0.0/24</literal>, and an unused
3592 address will be automatically selected. For more details about the automatic address selection,
3593 see <varname>Address=</varname> setting in [Network] section in the above.</para>
ec07c3c8 3594
e443a88a
YW
3595 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
3596 </listitem>
0017ba31
YW
3597 </varlistentry>
3598
9b3a67c5
TG
3599 <varlistentry>
3600 <term><varname>PoolOffset=</varname></term>
3601 <term><varname>PoolSize=</varname></term>
3602
3603 <listitem><para>Configures the pool of addresses to hand out. The pool
3604 is a contiguous sequence of IP addresses in the subnet configured for
3605 the server address, which does not include the subnet nor the broadcast
3606 address. <varname>PoolOffset=</varname> takes the offset of the pool
3607 from the start of subnet, or zero to use the default value.
3608 <varname>PoolSize=</varname> takes the number of IP addresses in the
b938cb90 3609 pool or zero to use the default value. By default, the pool starts at
9b3a67c5
TG
3610 the first address after the subnet address and takes up the rest of
3611 the subnet, excluding the broadcast address. If the pool includes
3612 the server address (the default), this is reserved and not handed
ec07c3c8
AK
3613 out to clients.</para>
3614
3615 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem>
9b3a67c5
TG
3616 </varlistentry>
3617
ad943783
LP
3618 <varlistentry>
3619 <term><varname>DefaultLeaseTimeSec=</varname></term>
3620 <term><varname>MaxLeaseTimeSec=</varname></term>
3621
3622 <listitem><para>Control the default and maximum DHCP lease
3623 time to pass to clients. These settings take time values in seconds or
3624 another common time unit, depending on the suffix. The default
3625 lease time is used for clients that did not ask for a specific
3626 lease time. If a client asks for a lease time longer than the
b938cb90 3627 maximum lease time, it is automatically shortened to the
ad943783
LP
3628 specified time. The default lease time defaults to 1h, the
3629 maximum lease time to 12h. Shorter lease times are beneficial
3630 if the configuration data in DHCP leases changes frequently
3631 and clients shall learn the new settings with shorter
3632 latencies. Longer lease times reduce the generated DHCP
ec07c3c8
AK
3633 network traffic.</para>
3634
3635 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem>
ad943783
LP
3636 </varlistentry>
3637
165d7c5c
YW
3638 <varlistentry>
3639 <term><varname>UplinkInterface=</varname></term>
2b242926
YW
3640 <listitem><para>Specifies the name or the index of the uplink interface, or one of the special
3641 values <literal>:none</literal> and <literal>:auto</literal>. When emitting DNS, NTP, or SIP
3642 servers is enabled but no servers are specified, the servers configured in the uplink interface
3643 will be emitted. When <literal>:auto</literal>, the link which has a default gateway with the
3644 highest priority will be automatically selected. When <literal>:none</literal>, no uplink
ec07c3c8
AK
3645 interface will be selected. Defaults to <literal>:auto</literal>.</para>
3646
3647 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem>
165d7c5c
YW
3648 </varlistentry>
3649
ad943783
LP
3650 <varlistentry>
3651 <term><varname>EmitDNS=</varname></term>
3652 <term><varname>DNS=</varname></term>
3653
2a71d57f 3654 <listitem><para><varname>EmitDNS=</varname> takes a boolean. Configures whether the DHCP leases
5f468b9f
YW
3655 handed out to clients shall contain DNS server information. Defaults to <literal>yes</literal>.
3656 The DNS servers to pass to clients may be configured with the <varname>DNS=</varname> option,
3657 which takes a list of IPv4 addresses, or special value <literal>_server_address</literal> which
faa1b3c6
YW
3658 will be converted to the address used by the DHCP server.</para>
3659
3660 <para>If the <varname>EmitDNS=</varname> option is enabled but no servers configured, the
3661 servers are automatically propagated from an "uplink" interface that has appropriate servers
3662 set. The "uplink" interface is determined by the default route of the system with the highest
3663 priority. Note that this information is acquired at the time the lease is handed out, and does
3664 not take uplink interfaces into account that acquire DNS server information at a later point.
3665 If no suitable uplink interface is found the DNS server data from
3666 <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> is used. Also, note that the leases are not refreshed if
3667 the uplink network configuration changes. To ensure clients regularly acquire the most current
3668 uplink DNS server information, it is thus advisable to shorten the DHCP lease time via
3669 <varname>MaxLeaseTimeSec=</varname> described above.</para>
3670
3671 <para>This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is specified, then all
ec07c3c8
AK
3672 DNS servers specified earlier are cleared.</para>
3673
3674 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem>
ad943783
LP
3675 </varlistentry>
3676
3677 <varlistentry>
3678 <term><varname>EmitNTP=</varname></term>
3679 <term><varname>NTP=</varname></term>
299d578f
SS
3680 <term><varname>EmitSIP=</varname></term>
3681 <term><varname>SIP=</varname></term>
2a71d57f
LP
3682 <term><varname>EmitPOP3=</varname></term>
3683 <term><varname>POP3=</varname></term>
3684 <term><varname>EmitSMTP=</varname></term>
3685 <term><varname>SMTP=</varname></term>
3686 <term><varname>EmitLPR=</varname></term>
3687 <term><varname>LPR=</varname></term>
3688
3689 <listitem><para>Similar to the <varname>EmitDNS=</varname> and <varname>DNS=</varname> settings
3690 described above, these settings configure whether and what server information for the indicate
3691 protocol shall be emitted as part of the DHCP lease. The same syntax, propagation semantics and
aefdc112
AK
3692 defaults apply as for <varname>EmitDNS=</varname> and <varname>DNS=</varname>.</para>
3693
3694 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem>
284e8fd0
SS
3695 </varlistentry>
3696
77ff6022
CG
3697 <varlistentry>
3698 <term><varname>EmitRouter=</varname></term>
59aa6220
YW
3699 <term><varname>Router=</varname></term>
3700
3701 <listitem><para>The <varname>EmitRouter=</varname> setting takes a boolean value, and configures
3702 whether the DHCP lease should contain the router option. The <varname>Router=</varname> setting
3703 takes an IPv4 address, and configures the router address to be emitted. When the
3704 <varname>Router=</varname> setting is not specified, then the server address will be used for
3705 the router option. When the <varname>EmitRouter=</varname> setting is disabled, the
3706 <varname>Router=</varname> setting will be ignored. The <varname>EmitRouter=</varname> setting
3707 defaults to true, and the <varname>Router=</varname> setting defaults to unset.
aefdc112
AK
3708 </para>
3709
3710 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/></listitem>
77ff6022
CG
3711 </varlistentry>
3712
ad943783
LP
3713 <varlistentry>
3714 <term><varname>EmitTimezone=</varname></term>
3715 <term><varname>Timezone=</varname></term>
3716
9b6ffef3
YW
3717 <listitem><para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether the DHCP leases handed out
3718 to clients shall contain timezone information. Defaults to <literal>yes</literal>. The
ad943783
LP
3719 <varname>Timezone=</varname> setting takes a timezone string
3720 (such as <literal>Europe/Berlin</literal> or
3721 <literal>UTC</literal>) to pass to clients. If no explicit
b938cb90 3722 timezone is set, the system timezone of the local host is
ad943783 3723 propagated, as determined by the
ec07c3c8
AK
3724 <filename>/etc/localtime</filename> symlink.</para>
3725
3726 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem>
ad943783
LP
3727 </varlistentry>
3728
369ac192 3729 <varlistentry>
6278e428 3730 <term><varname>BootServerAddress=</varname></term>
369ac192
YW
3731
3732 <listitem>
94f7ee97
ZJS
3733 <para>Takes an IPv4 address of the boot server used by e.g. PXE boot systems. When specified, this
3734 address is sent in the <option>siaddr</option> field of the DHCP message header. See <ulink
3735 url="https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2131.html">RFC 2131</ulink> for more details. Defaults to
3736 unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3737
3738 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/>
369ac192
YW
3739 </listitem>
3740 </varlistentry>
3741
3742 <varlistentry>
6278e428 3743 <term><varname>BootServerName=</varname></term>
369ac192
YW
3744
3745 <listitem>
94f7ee97
ZJS
3746 <para>Takes a name of the boot server used by e.g. PXE boot systems. When specified, this name is
3747 sent in the DHCP option 66 ("TFTP server name"). See <ulink
3748 url="https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2132.html">RFC 2132</ulink> for more details. Defaults to
3749 unset.</para>
3750
3751 <para>Note that typically setting one of <varname>BootServerName=</varname> or
3752 <varname>BootServerAddress=</varname> is sufficient, but both can be set too, if desired.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3753
3754 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/>
6278e428
YW
3755 </listitem>
3756 </varlistentry>
3757
3758 <varlistentry>
3759 <term><varname>BootFilename=</varname></term>
3760
3761 <listitem>
94f7ee97
ZJS
3762 <para>Takes a path or URL to a file loaded by e.g. a PXE boot loader. When specified, this path is
3763 sent in the DHCP option 67 ("Bootfile name"). See <ulink
3764 url="https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2132.html">RFC 2132</ulink> for more details. Defaults to
3765 unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3766
3767 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/>
369ac192
YW
3768 </listitem>
3769 </varlistentry>
3770
34bea0a1
SS
3771 <varlistentry>
3772 <term><varname>IPv6OnlyPreferredSec=</varname></term>
3773
3774 <listitem>
3775 <para>Takes a timespan. Controls the
3776 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8925">RFC 8925</ulink> IPv6-Only Preferred option.
3777 Specifies the DHCPv4 option to indicate that a host supports an IPv6-only mode and is willing to
3778 forgo obtaining an IPv4 address if the network provides IPv6 connectivity. Defaults to unset, and
3779 not send the option. The minimum allowed value is 300 seconds.</para>
3780
3781 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
3782 </listitem>
3783 </varlistentry>
3784
564ca984 3785 <varlistentry>
d8b736bd
YW
3786 <term><varname>SendOption=</varname></term>
3787 <listitem>
3788 <para>Send a raw option with value via DHCPv4 server. Takes a DHCP option number, data type
3789 and data (<literal><replaceable>option</replaceable>:<replaceable>type</replaceable>:<replaceable>value</replaceable></literal>).
1d3a473b 3790 The option number is an integer in the range 1…254. The type takes one of <literal>uint8</literal>,
e7d5fe17 3791 <literal>uint16</literal>, <literal>uint32</literal>, <literal>ipv4address</literal>, <literal>ipv6address</literal>, or
7354900d
DW
3792 <literal>string</literal>. Special characters in the data string may be escaped using
3793 <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Escape_sequences_in_C#Table_of_escape_sequences">C-style
3794 escapes</ulink>. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is specified,
3795 then all options specified earlier are cleared. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3796
3797 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/>
7354900d
DW
3798 </listitem>
3799 </varlistentry>
3800
3801 <varlistentry>
3802 <term><varname>SendVendorOption=</varname></term>
3803 <listitem>
3804 <para>Send a vendor option with value via DHCPv4 server. Takes a DHCP option number, data type
3805 and data (<literal><replaceable>option</replaceable>:<replaceable>type</replaceable>:<replaceable>value</replaceable></literal>).
1d3a473b 3806 The option number is an integer in the range 1…254. The type takes one of <literal>uint8</literal>,
d8b736bd
YW
3807 <literal>uint16</literal>, <literal>uint32</literal>, <literal>ipv4address</literal>, or
3808 <literal>string</literal>. Special characters in the data string may be escaped using
3809 <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Escape_sequences_in_C#Table_of_escape_sequences">C-style
3810 escapes</ulink>. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is specified,
3811 then all options specified earlier are cleared. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3812
3813 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
d8b736bd 3814 </listitem>
564ca984 3815 </varlistentry>
21b6b87e
YA
3816 <varlistentry>
3817 <term><varname>BindToInterface=</varname></term>
11c38d3e
YA
3818 <listitem>
3819 <para>Takes a boolean value. When <literal>yes</literal>, DHCP server socket will be bound
3820 to its network interface and all socket communication will be restricted to this interface.
3821 Defaults to <literal>yes</literal>, except if <varname>RelayTarget=</varname> is used (see below),
84b10e53 3822 in which case it defaults to <literal>no</literal>.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3823
3824 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
11c38d3e
YA
3825 </listitem>
3826 </varlistentry>
3827 <varlistentry>
3828 <term><varname>RelayTarget=</varname></term>
3829 <listitem>
3830 <para>Takes an IPv4 address, which must be in the format described in
3831 <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>inet_pton</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
3832 Turns this DHCP server into a DHCP relay agent. See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1542">RFC 1542</ulink>.
3833 The address is the address of DHCP server or another relay agent to forward DHCP messages to and from.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3834
3835 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
11c38d3e
YA
3836 </listitem>
3837 </varlistentry>
3838 <varlistentry>
3839 <term><varname>RelayAgentCircuitId=</varname></term>
3840 <listitem>
3841 <para>Specifies value for Agent Circuit ID suboption of Relay Agent Information option.
3842 Takes a string, which must be in the format <literal>string:<replaceable>value</replaceable></literal>,
3843 where <literal><replaceable>value</replaceable></literal> should be replaced with the value of the suboption.
3844 Defaults to unset (means no Agent Circuit ID suboption is generated).
3845 Ignored if <varname>RelayTarget=</varname> is not specified.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3846
3847 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
11c38d3e
YA
3848 </listitem>
3849 </varlistentry>
3850 <varlistentry>
3851 <term><varname>RelayAgentRemoteId=</varname></term>
3852 <listitem>
3853 <para>Specifies value for Agent Remote ID suboption of Relay Agent Information option.
3854 Takes a string, which must be in the format <literal>string:<replaceable>value</replaceable></literal>,
3855 where <literal><replaceable>value</replaceable></literal> should be replaced with the value of the suboption.
3856 Defaults to unset (means no Agent Remote ID suboption is generated).
3857 Ignored if <varname>RelayTarget=</varname> is not specified.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3858
3859 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
21b6b87e
YA
3860 </listitem>
3861 </varlistentry>
564ca984 3862
1fa0a4ef
YW
3863 <varlistentry>
3864 <term><varname>RapidCommit=</varname></term>
3865 <listitem>
3866 <para>Takes a boolean. When true, the server supports
3867 <ulink url="https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc4039">RFC 4039</ulink>. When a client sends
3868 a DHCPDISCOVER message with the Rapid Commit option to the server, then the server will reply with
3869 a DHCPACK message to the client, instead of DHCPOFFER. Defaults to true.</para>
3870
3871 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
3872 </listitem>
3873 </varlistentry>
3874
ad943783
LP
3875 </variablelist>
3876 </refsect1>
3877
c517a49b 3878 <refsect1>
3879 <title>[DHCPServerStaticLease] Section Options</title>
be0d27ee
ZJS
3880 <para>The <literal>[DHCPServerStaticLease]</literal> section configures a static DHCP lease to assign a
3881 fixed IPv4 address to a specific device based on its MAC address. This section can be specified multiple
3882 times.</para>
c517a49b 3883
3884 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
3885 <varlistentry>
3886 <term><varname>MACAddress=</varname></term>
3887
aefdc112
AK
3888 <listitem><para>The hardware address of a device to match. This key is mandatory.</para>
3889
3890 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem>
c517a49b 3891 </varlistentry>
3892
3893 <varlistentry>
3894 <term><varname>Address=</varname></term>
3895
be0d27ee 3896 <listitem><para>The IPv4 address that should be assigned to the device that was matched with
ec07c3c8
AK
3897 <varname>MACAddress=</varname>. This key is mandatory.</para>
3898
3899 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem>
c517a49b 3900 </varlistentry>
3901 </variablelist>
3902 </refsect1>
3903
798d3a52 3904 <refsect1>
e5ff2245
YW
3905 <title>[IPv6SendRA] Section Options</title>
3906 <para>The [IPv6SendRA] section contains settings for sending IPv6 Router Advertisements and whether
3907 to act as a router, if enabled via the <varname>IPv6SendRA=</varname> option described above. IPv6
3908 network prefixes or routes are defined with one or more [IPv6Prefix] or [IPv6RoutePrefix] sections.
3909 </para>
3f9e0236
PF
3910
3911 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
3912
3913 <varlistentry>
3914 <term><varname>Managed=</varname></term>
3915 <term><varname>OtherInformation=</varname></term>
3916
9b6ffef3
YW
3917 <listitem><para>Takes a boolean. Controls whether a DHCPv6 server is used to acquire IPv6
3918 addresses on the network link when <varname>Managed=</varname>
3f9e0236
PF
3919 is set to <literal>true</literal> or if only additional network
3920 information can be obtained via DHCPv6 for the network link when
9b6ffef3 3921 <varname>OtherInformation=</varname> is set to
3f9e0236
PF
3922 <literal>true</literal>. Both settings default to
3923 <literal>false</literal>, which means that a DHCPv6 server is not being
aefdc112
AK
3924 used.</para>
3925
3926 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem>
3f9e0236
PF
3927 </varlistentry>
3928
3929 <varlistentry>
3930 <term><varname>RouterLifetimeSec=</varname></term>
3931
17cd1f62
ZJS
3932 <listitem><para>Takes a timespan. Configures the IPv6 router lifetime in seconds. The value must be 0
3933 seconds, or between 4 seconds and 9000 seconds. When set to 0, the host is not acting as a router.
3934 Defaults to 1800 seconds (30 minutes).</para>
aefdc112
AK
3935
3936 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
3f9e0236
PF
3937 </listitem>
3938 </varlistentry>
3939
fdc4c67c
SS
3940 <varlistentry>
3941 <term><varname>RetransmitSec=</varname></term>
3942
3943 <listitem><para>Takes a timespan. Configures the retransmit time, used by clients to retransmit Neighbor
3944 Solicitation messages on address resolution and the Neighbor Unreachability Detection algorithm.
3945 An integer the default unit of seconds, in the range 0…4294967295 msec. Defaults to 0.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3946
3947 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
fdc4c67c
SS
3948 </listitem>
3949 </varlistentry>
3950
3f9e0236
PF
3951 <varlistentry>
3952 <term><varname>RouterPreference=</varname></term>
3953
3954 <listitem><para>Configures IPv6 router preference if
3955 <varname>RouterLifetimeSec=</varname> is non-zero. Valid values are
3956 <literal>high</literal>, <literal>medium</literal> and
3957 <literal>low</literal>, with <literal>normal</literal> and
3958 <literal>default</literal> added as synonyms for
3959 <literal>medium</literal> just to make configuration easier. See
3960 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4191">RFC 4191</ulink>
aefdc112
AK
3961 for details. Defaults to <literal>medium</literal>.</para>
3962
3963 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem>
3f9e0236
PF
3964 </varlistentry>
3965
b26c3452
SS
3966 <varlistentry>
3967 <term><varname>HopLimit=</varname></term>
3968 <listitem>
3969 <para>Configures hop limit. Takes an integer in the range 0…255. See also
3970 <varname>IPv6HopLimit=</varname>.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3971
3972 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
b26c3452
SS
3973 </listitem>
3974 </varlistentry>
3975
63295b42
YW
3976 <varlistentry>
3977 <term><varname>UplinkInterface=</varname></term>
3978 <listitem><para>Specifies the name or the index of the uplink interface, or one of the special
3979 values <literal>:none</literal> and <literal>:auto</literal>. When emitting DNS servers or
3980 search domains is enabled but no servers are specified, the servers configured in the uplink
f6032ff3 3981 interface will be emitted. When <literal>:auto</literal>, the value specified to the same
a27588d4
YW
3982 setting in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section will be used if
3983 <varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname> is enabled, otherwise the link which has a default
f6032ff3 3984 gateway with the highest priority will be automatically selected. When <literal>:none</literal>,
ec07c3c8
AK
3985 no uplink interface will be selected. Defaults to <literal>:auto</literal>.</para>
3986
3987 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
63295b42
YW
3988 </varlistentry>
3989
3f9e0236 3990 <varlistentry>
4cb8478c 3991 <term><varname>EmitDNS=</varname></term>
3f9e0236
PF
3992 <term><varname>DNS=</varname></term>
3993
63295b42
YW
3994 <listitem><para><varname>DNS=</varname> specifies a list of recursive DNS server IPv6 addresses
3995 that are distributed via Router Advertisement messages when <varname>EmitDNS=</varname> is true.
3996 <varname>DNS=</varname> also takes special value <literal>_link_local</literal>; in that case
f81ac115 3997 the IPv6 link-local address is distributed. If <varname>DNS=</varname> is empty, DNS servers are
63295b42
YW
3998 read from the [Network] section. If the [Network] section does not contain any DNS servers
3999 either, DNS servers from the uplink interface specified in <varname>UplinkInterface=</varname>
4000 will be used. When <varname>EmitDNS=</varname> is false, no DNS server information is sent in
aefdc112
AK
4001 Router Advertisement messages. <varname>EmitDNS=</varname> defaults to true.</para>
4002
4003 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem>
3f9e0236
PF
4004 </varlistentry>
4005
760021c0 4006 <varlistentry>
4cb8478c 4007 <term><varname>EmitDomains=</varname></term>
760021c0
PF
4008 <term><varname>Domains=</varname></term>
4009
bdac5608 4010 <listitem><para>A list of DNS search domains distributed via Router Advertisement messages when
63295b42
YW
4011 <varname>EmitDomains=</varname> is true. If <varname>Domains=</varname> is empty, DNS search
4012 domains are read from the [Network] section. If the [Network] section does not contain any DNS
4013 search domains either, DNS search domains from the uplink interface specified in
4014 <varname>UplinkInterface=</varname> will be used. When <varname>EmitDomains=</varname> is false,
4015 no DNS search domain information is sent in Router Advertisement messages.
aefdc112
AK
4016 <varname>EmitDomains=</varname> defaults to true.</para>
4017
4018 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem>
760021c0
PF
4019 </varlistentry>
4020
3f9e0236
PF
4021 <varlistentry>
4022 <term><varname>DNSLifetimeSec=</varname></term>
4023
9fa25e07
YW
4024 <listitem><para>Lifetime in seconds for the DNS server addresses listed in
4025 <varname>DNS=</varname> and search domains listed in <varname>Domains=</varname>. Defaults to
aefdc112
AK
4026 3600 seconds (one hour).</para>
4027
4028 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem>
3f9e0236
PF
4029 </varlistentry>
4030
6a6d27bc
SS
4031 <varlistentry>
4032 <term><varname>HomeAgent=</varname></term>
4033
4034 <listitem><para>Takes a boolean. Specifies that IPv6 router advertisements which indicates to hosts that
4035 the router acts as a Home Agent and includes a Home Agent Option. Defaults to false. See
4036 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6275">RFC 6275</ulink> for further details.</para>
4037
4038 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
4039 </listitem>
4040 </varlistentry>
4041
4042 <varlistentry>
4043 <term><varname>HomeAgentLifetimeSec=</varname></term>
4044
4045 <listitem><para>Takes a timespan. Specifies the lifetime of the Home Agent. An integer the default unit of seconds,
4046 in the range 1…65535. Defaults to the value set to <varname>RouterLifetimeSec=</varname>.</para>
4047
4048 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
4049 </listitem>
4050 </varlistentry>
4051
4052 <varlistentry>
4053 <term><varname>HomeAgentPreference=</varname></term>
4054
4055 <listitem><para>Configures IPv6 Home Agent preference. Takes an integer in the range 0…65535.
4056 Defaults to 0.</para>
4057
4058 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
4059 </listitem>
4060 </varlistentry>
4061
3f9e0236 4062 </variablelist>
b9e6e925 4063 </refsect1>
3f9e0236 4064
b9e6e925 4065 <refsect1>
3f9e0236 4066 <title>[IPv6Prefix] Section Options</title>
e9dd6984
ZJS
4067 <para>One or more [IPv6Prefix] sections contain the IPv6 prefixes that are announced via Router
4068 Advertisements. See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4861">RFC 4861</ulink> for further
4069 details.</para>
3f9e0236
PF
4070
4071 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
4072
4073 <varlistentry>
4074 <term><varname>AddressAutoconfiguration=</varname></term>
4075 <term><varname>OnLink=</varname></term>
4076
9b6ffef3 4077 <listitem><para>Takes a boolean to specify whether IPv6 addresses can be
3f9e0236
PF
4078 autoconfigured with this prefix and whether the prefix can be used for
4079 onlink determination. Both settings default to <literal>true</literal>
4080 in order to ease configuration.
ec07c3c8
AK
4081 </para>
4082
4083 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem>
3f9e0236
PF
4084 </varlistentry>
4085
4086 <varlistentry>
4087 <term><varname>Prefix=</varname></term>
4088
15102ced 4089 <listitem><para>The IPv6 prefix that is to be distributed to hosts. Similarly to configuring static
bdac5608
ZJS
4090 IPv6 addresses, the setting is configured as an IPv6 prefix and its prefix length, separated by a
4091 <literal>/</literal> character. Use multiple [IPv6Prefix] sections to configure multiple IPv6
4092 prefixes since prefix lifetimes, address autoconfiguration and onlink status may differ from one
ec07c3c8
AK
4093 prefix to another.</para>
4094
4095 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem>
3f9e0236
PF
4096 </varlistentry>
4097
4098 <varlistentry>
4099 <term><varname>PreferredLifetimeSec=</varname></term>
4100 <term><varname>ValidLifetimeSec=</varname></term>
4101
c9e2c2da
YW
4102 <listitem><para>Preferred and valid lifetimes for the prefix measured in seconds.
4103 <varname>PreferredLifetimeSec=</varname> defaults to 1800 seconds (30 minutes) and
ec07c3c8
AK
4104 <varname>ValidLifetimeSec=</varname> defaults to 3600 seconds (one hour).</para>
4105
4106 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem>
203d4df5
SS
4107 </varlistentry>
4108
bd6379ec
SS
4109 <varlistentry>
4110 <term><varname>Assign=</varname></term>
4111 <listitem><para>Takes a boolean. When true, adds an address from the prefix. Default to false.
ec07c3c8
AK
4112 </para>
4113
4114 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem>
bd6379ec 4115 </varlistentry>
0e1fb1d0 4116
e609cd06
YW
4117 <varlistentry>
4118 <term><varname>Token=</varname></term>
4119 <listitem>
4120 <para>Specifies an optional address generation mode for assigning an address in each
4121 prefix. This accepts the same syntax as <varname>Token=</varname> in the [IPv6AcceptRA]
4122 section. If <varname>Assign=</varname> is set to false, then this setting will be ignored.
4123 Defaults to unset, which means the EUI-64 algorithm will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4124
4125 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
e609cd06
YW
4126 </listitem>
4127 </varlistentry>
4128
0e1fb1d0
YW
4129 <varlistentry>
4130 <term><varname>RouteMetric=</varname></term>
4131 <listitem>
4132 <para>The metric of the prefix route. Takes an unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967295.
4133 When unset or set to 0, the kernel's default value is used. This setting is ignored when
4134 <varname>Assign=</varname> is false.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4135
4136 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
0e1fb1d0
YW
4137 </listitem>
4138 </varlistentry>
203d4df5 4139 </variablelist>
b9e6e925 4140 </refsect1>
203d4df5 4141
b9e6e925 4142 <refsect1>
203d4df5 4143 <title>[IPv6RoutePrefix] Section Options</title>
bdac5608 4144 <para>One or more [IPv6RoutePrefix] sections contain the IPv6
203d4df5
SS
4145 prefix routes that are announced via Router Advertisements. See
4146 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4191">RFC 4191</ulink>
4147 for further details.</para>
4148
4149 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
4150
4151 <varlistentry>
4152 <term><varname>Route=</varname></term>
4153
15102ced 4154 <listitem><para>The IPv6 route that is to be distributed to hosts. Similarly to configuring static
bdac5608 4155 IPv6 routes, the setting is configured as an IPv6 prefix routes and its prefix route length,
69a7d108 4156 separated by a <literal>/</literal> character. Use multiple [IPv6RoutePrefix] sections to configure
ec07c3c8
AK
4157 multiple IPv6 prefix routes.</para>
4158
4159 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/></listitem>
203d4df5
SS
4160 </varlistentry>
4161
4162 <varlistentry>
4163 <term><varname>LifetimeSec=</varname></term>
4164
c9e2c2da 4165 <listitem><para>Lifetime for the route prefix measured in seconds.
ec07c3c8
AK
4166 <varname>LifetimeSec=</varname> defaults to 3600 seconds (one hour).</para>
4167
4168 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/></listitem>
3f9e0236
PF
4169 </varlistentry>
4170
4171 </variablelist>
b9e6e925 4172 </refsect1>
3f9e0236 4173
b9e6e925 4174 <refsect1>
1925f829
SS
4175 <title>[IPv6PREF64Prefix] Section Options</title>
4176 <para>One or more [IPv6PREF64Prefix] sections contain the IPv6 PREF64 (or NAT64) prefixes that are announced via Router
4177 Advertisements. See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8781">RFC 8781</ulink> for further
4178 details.</para>
4179
4180 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
4181
4182 <varlistentry>
4183 <term><varname>Prefix=</varname></term>
4184
4185 <listitem><para>The IPv6 PREF64 (or NAT64) prefix that is to be distributed to hosts. The setting holds
4186 an IPv6 prefix that should be set up for NAT64 translation (PLAT) to allow 464XLAT on the network segment.
4187 Use multiple [IPv6PREF64Prefix] sections to configure multiple IPv6 prefixes since prefix lifetime may differ
4188 from one prefix to another. The prefix is an address with a prefix length, separated by a slash
ec07c3c8
AK
4189 <literal>/</literal> character. Valid NAT64 prefix length are 96, 64, 56, 48, 40, and 32 bits.</para>
4190
4191 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/></listitem></varlistentry>
1925f829
SS
4192
4193 <varlistentry>
4194 <term><varname>LifetimeSec=</varname></term>
4195 <listitem><para>Lifetime for the prefix measured in seconds. Should be greater than or equal to <varname>RouterLifetimeSec=</varname>.
ec07c3c8
AK
4196 <varname>LifetimeSec=</varname> defaults to 1800 seconds.</para>
4197
4198 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/></listitem>
1925f829
SS
4199 </varlistentry>
4200 </variablelist>
b9e6e925 4201 </refsect1>
1925f829 4202
b9e6e925 4203 <refsect1>
798d3a52 4204 <title>[Bridge] Section Options</title>
b9e6e925
YW
4205 <para>The [Bridge] section accepts the following keys:</para>
4206
4207 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
4208 <varlistentry>
4209 <term><varname>UnicastFlood=</varname></term>
4210 <listitem>
4211 <para>Takes a boolean. Controls whether the bridge should flood
4212 traffic for which an FDB entry is missing and the destination
4213 is unknown through this port. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.
4214 </para>
4215
4216 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/>
4217 </listitem>
4218 </varlistentry>
4219 <varlistentry>
4220 <term><varname>MulticastFlood=</varname></term>
4221 <listitem>
4222 <para>Takes a boolean. Controls whether the bridge should flood
4223 traffic for which an MDB entry is missing and the destination
4224 is unknown through this port. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.
4225 </para>
4226
4227 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/>
4228 </listitem>
4229 </varlistentry>
4230 <varlistentry>
4231 <term><varname>MulticastToUnicast=</varname></term>
4232 <listitem>
4233 <para>Takes a boolean. Multicast to unicast works on top of the multicast snooping feature of
4234 the bridge. Which means unicast copies are only delivered to hosts which are interested in it.
4235 When unset, the kernel's default will be used.
4236 </para>
4237
4238 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/>
4239 </listitem>
4240 </varlistentry>
4241 <varlistentry>
4242 <term><varname>NeighborSuppression=</varname></term>
4243 <listitem>
4244 <para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether ARP and ND neighbor suppression is enabled for
4245 this port. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.
4246 </para>
4247
4248 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/>
4249 </listitem>
4250 </varlistentry>
4251 <varlistentry>
4252 <term><varname>Learning=</varname></term>
4253 <listitem>
4254 <para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether MAC address learning is enabled for
4255 this port. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.
4256 </para>
4257
4258 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/>
4259 </listitem>
4260 </varlistentry>
4261 <varlistentry>
4262 <term><varname>HairPin=</varname></term>
4263 <listitem>
4264 <para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether traffic may be sent back out of the port on which it
4265 was received. When this flag is false, then the bridge will not forward traffic back out of the
4266 receiving port. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
4267
4268 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/>
4269 </listitem>
4270 </varlistentry>
4271 <varlistentry>
4272 <term><varname>Isolated=</varname></term>
4273 <listitem>
4274 <para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether this port is isolated or not. Within a bridge,
4275 isolated ports can only communicate with non-isolated ports. When set to true, this port can only
4276 communicate with other ports whose Isolated setting is false. When set to false, this port
4277 can communicate with any other ports. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
4278
4279 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/>
4280 </listitem>
4281 </varlistentry>
4282 <varlistentry>
4283 <term><varname>UseBPDU=</varname></term>
4284 <listitem>
4285 <para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether STP Bridge Protocol Data Units will be
4286 processed by the bridge port. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
4287
4288 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/>
4289 </listitem>
4290 </varlistentry>
4291 <varlistentry>
4292 <term><varname>FastLeave=</varname></term>
4293 <listitem>
4294 <para>Takes a boolean. This flag allows the bridge to immediately stop multicast
4295 traffic on a port that receives an IGMP Leave message. It is only used with
4296 IGMP snooping if enabled on the bridge. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
4297
4298 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/>
4299 </listitem>
4300 </varlistentry>
4301 <varlistentry>
4302 <term><varname>AllowPortToBeRoot=</varname></term>
4303 <listitem>
4304 <para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether a given port is allowed to
4305 become a root port. Only used when STP is enabled on the bridge.
4306 When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
4307
4308 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/>
4309 </listitem>
4310 </varlistentry>
4311 <varlistentry>
4312 <term><varname>ProxyARP=</varname></term>
4313 <listitem>
4314 <para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether proxy ARP to be enabled on this port.
4315 When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
4316
4317 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
4318 </listitem>
4319 </varlistentry>
4320 <varlistentry>
4321 <term><varname>ProxyARPWiFi=</varname></term>
4322 <listitem>
4323 <para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether proxy ARP to be enabled on this port
4324 which meets extended requirements by IEEE 802.11 and Hotspot 2.0 specifications.
4325 When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
4326
4327 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
4328 </listitem>
4329 </varlistentry>
4330 <varlistentry>
4331 <term><varname>MulticastRouter=</varname></term>
4332 <listitem>
4333 <para>Configures this port for having multicast routers attached. A port with a multicast
4334 router will receive all multicast traffic. Takes one of <literal>no</literal>
4335 to disable multicast routers on this port, <literal>query</literal> to let the system detect
4336 the presence of routers, <literal>permanent</literal> to permanently enable multicast traffic
4337 forwarding on this port, or <literal>temporary</literal> to enable multicast routers temporarily
4338 on this port, not depending on incoming queries. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
4339
4340 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
4341 </listitem>
4342 </varlistentry>
4343 <varlistentry>
4344 <term><varname>Cost=</varname></term>
4345 <listitem>
4346 <para>Sets the "cost" of sending packets of this interface.
4347 Each port in a bridge may have a different speed and the cost
4348 is used to decide which link to use. Faster interfaces
4349 should have lower costs. It is an integer value between 1 and
4350 65535.</para>
4351
4352 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/>
4353 </listitem>
4354 </varlistentry>
4355 <varlistentry>
4356 <term><varname>Priority=</varname></term>
4357 <listitem>
4358 <para>Sets the "priority" of sending packets on this interface.
4359 Each port in a bridge may have a different priority which is used
4360 to decide which link to use. Lower value means higher priority.
4361 It is an integer value between 0 to 63. Networkd does not set any
4362 default, meaning the kernel default value of 32 is used.</para>
4363
4364 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/>
4365 </listitem>
4366 </varlistentry>
4367 </variablelist>
798d3a52 4368 </refsect1>
b9e6e925 4369
798d3a52
ZJS
4370 <refsect1>
4371 <title>[BridgeFDB] Section Options</title>
798d3a52 4372
b9e6e925
YW
4373 <para>The [BridgeFDB] section manages the forwarding database table of a port and accepts the following
4374 keys. Specify several [BridgeFDB] sections to configure several static MAC table entries.</para>
4375
4376 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
4377 <varlistentry>
4378 <term><varname>MACAddress=</varname></term>
4379 <listitem>
4380 <para>As in the [Network] section. This key is mandatory.</para>
4381
4382 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/>
4383 </listitem>
4384 </varlistentry>
4385 <varlistentry>
4386 <term><varname>Destination=</varname></term>
4387 <listitem>
4388 <para>Takes an IP address of the destination VXLAN tunnel endpoint.</para>
4389
4390 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
4391 </listitem>
4392 </varlistentry>
4393 <varlistentry>
4394 <term><varname>VLANId=</varname></term>
4395 <listitem>
4396 <para>The VLAN ID for the new static MAC table entry. If
4397 omitted, no VLAN ID information is appended to the new static MAC
4398 table entry.</para>
aefdc112
AK
4399
4400 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/>
b9e6e925
YW
4401 </listitem>
4402 </varlistentry>
4403 <varlistentry>
4404 <term><varname>VNI=</varname></term>
4405 <listitem>
4406 <para>The VXLAN Network Identifier (or VXLAN Segment ID) to use to connect to
4407 the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint. Takes a number in the range 1…16777215.
4408 Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4409
4410 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
b9e6e925
YW
4411 </listitem>
4412 </varlistentry>
4413 <varlistentry>
4414 <term><varname>AssociatedWith=</varname></term>
4415 <listitem>
4416 <para>Specifies where the address is associated with. Takes one of <literal>use</literal>,
4417 <literal>self</literal>, <literal>master</literal> or <literal>router</literal>.
4418 <literal>use</literal> means the address is in use. User space can use this option to
4419 indicate to the kernel that the fdb entry is in use. <literal>self</literal> means
4420 the address is associated with the port drivers fdb. Usually hardware. <literal>master</literal>
4421 means the address is associated with master devices fdb. <literal>router</literal> means
4422 the destination address is associated with a router. Note that it's valid if the referenced
4423 device is a VXLAN type device and has route shortcircuit enabled. Defaults to <literal>self</literal>.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4424
4425 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
b9e6e925
YW
4426 </listitem>
4427 </varlistentry>
4428 <varlistentry>
4429 <term><varname>OutgoingInterface=</varname></term>
4430 <listitem>
4431 <para>Specifies the name or index of the outgoing interface for the VXLAN device driver to
4432 reach the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint. Defaults to unset.</para>
4433
4434 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
4435 </listitem>
4436 </varlistentry>
4437 </variablelist>
798d3a52 4438 </refsect1>
b9e6e925 4439
a1717e9a
DM
4440 <refsect1>
4441 <title>[BridgeMDB] Section Options</title>
b9e6e925
YW
4442 <para>The [BridgeMDB] section manages the multicast membership entries forwarding database table of a port and accepts the following
4443 keys. Specify several [BridgeMDB] sections to configure several permanent multicast membership entries.</para>
a1717e9a 4444
b9e6e925
YW
4445 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
4446 <varlistentry>
4447 <term><varname>MulticastGroupAddress=</varname></term>
4448 <listitem>
4449 <para>Specifies the IPv4 or IPv6 multicast group address to add. This setting is mandatory.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4450
4451 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/>
b9e6e925
YW
4452 </listitem>
4453 </varlistentry>
4454 <varlistentry>
4455 <term><varname>VLANId=</varname></term>
4456 <listitem>
4457 <para>The VLAN ID for the new entry. Valid ranges are 0 (no VLAN) to 4094. Optional, defaults to 0.</para>
aefdc112
AK
4458
4459 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/>
b9e6e925
YW
4460 </listitem>
4461 </varlistentry>
4462 </variablelist>
a1717e9a 4463 </refsect1>
06828bb6 4464
e9a8c550
SS
4465 <refsect1>
4466 <title>[LLDP] Section Options</title>
b9e6e925
YW
4467 <para>The [LLDP] section manages the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) and accepts the following
4468 keys:</para>
4469
4470 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
4471 <varlistentry>
4472 <term><varname>MUDURL=</varname></term>
4473 <listitem>
4474 <para>When configured, the specified Manufacturer Usage Descriptions (MUD) URL will be sent in
4475 LLDP packets. The syntax and semantics are the same as for <varname>MUDURL=</varname> in the
4476 [DHCPv4] section described above.</para>
4477
4478 <para>The MUD URLs received via LLDP packets are saved and can be read using the
4479 <function>sd_lldp_neighbor_get_mud_url()</function> function.</para>
4480
4481 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
4482 </listitem>
4483 </varlistentry>
4484 </variablelist>
e9a8c550
SS
4485 </refsect1>
4486
06828bb6
HP
4487 <refsect1>
4488 <title>[CAN] Section Options</title>
b9e6e925
YW
4489 <para>The [CAN] section manages the Controller Area Network (CAN bus) and accepts the
4490 following keys:</para>
4491 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
4492 <varlistentry>
4493 <term><varname>BitRate=</varname></term>
4494 <listitem>
4495 <para>The bitrate of CAN device in bits per second. The usual SI prefixes (K, M) with the base of 1000 can
4496 be used here. Takes a number in the range 1…4294967295.</para>
4497
4498 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/>
4499 </listitem>
4500 </varlistentry>
4501 <varlistentry>
4502 <term><varname>SamplePoint=</varname></term>
4503 <listitem>
4504 <para>Optional sample point in percent with one decimal (e.g. <literal>75%</literal>,
4505 <literal>87.5%</literal>) or permille (e.g. <literal>875‰</literal>). This will be ignored when
4506 <varname>BitRate=</varname> is unspecified.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4507
4508 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/>
b9e6e925
YW
4509 </listitem>
4510 </varlistentry>
4511 <varlistentry>
4512 <term><varname>TimeQuantaNSec=</varname></term>
4513 <term><varname>PropagationSegment=</varname></term>
4514 <term><varname>PhaseBufferSegment1=</varname></term>
4515 <term><varname>PhaseBufferSegment2=</varname></term>
4516 <term><varname>SyncJumpWidth=</varname></term>
4517 <listitem>
4518 <para>Specifies the time quanta, propagation segment, phase buffer segment 1 and 2, and the
4519 synchronization jump width, which allow one to define the CAN bit-timing in a hardware
4520 independent format as proposed by the Bosch CAN 2.0 Specification.
4521 <varname>TimeQuantaNSec=</varname> takes a timespan in nanoseconds.
4522 <varname>PropagationSegment=</varname>, <varname>PhaseBufferSegment1=</varname>,
4523 <varname>PhaseBufferSegment2=</varname>, and <varname>SyncJumpWidth=</varname> take number
4524 of time quantum specified in <varname>TimeQuantaNSec=</varname> and must be an unsigned
4525 integer in the range 0…4294967295. These settings except for
4526 <varname>SyncJumpWidth=</varname> will be ignored when <varname>BitRate=</varname> is
4527 specified.</para>
4528
4529 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
4530 </listitem>
4531 </varlistentry>
4532 <varlistentry>
4533 <term><varname>DataBitRate=</varname></term>
4534 <term><varname>DataSamplePoint=</varname></term>
4535 <listitem>
4536 <para>The bitrate and sample point for the data phase, if CAN-FD is used. These settings are
4537 analogous to the <varname>BitRate=</varname> and <varname>SamplePoint=</varname> keys.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4538
4539 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
b9e6e925
YW
4540 </listitem>
4541 </varlistentry>
4542 <varlistentry>
4543 <term><varname>DataTimeQuantaNSec=</varname></term>
4544 <term><varname>DataPropagationSegment=</varname></term>
4545 <term><varname>DataPhaseBufferSegment1=</varname></term>
4546 <term><varname>DataPhaseBufferSegment2=</varname></term>
4547 <term><varname>DataSyncJumpWidth=</varname></term>
4548 <listitem>
4549 <para>Specifies the time quanta, propagation segment, phase buffer segment 1 and 2, and the
4550 synchronization jump width for the data phase, if CAN-FD is used. These settings are
4551 analogous to the <varname>TimeQuantaNSec=</varname> or related settings.</para>
4552
4553 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
4554 </listitem>
4555 </varlistentry>
4556 <varlistentry>
4557 <term><varname>FDMode=</varname></term>
4558 <listitem>
4559 <para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, CAN-FD mode is enabled for the interface.
4560 Note, that a bitrate and optional sample point should also be set for the CAN-FD data phase using
4561 the <varname>DataBitRate=</varname> and <varname>DataSamplePoint=</varname> keys, or
4562 <varname>DataTimeQuanta=</varname> and related settings.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4563
4564 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
b9e6e925
YW
4565 </listitem>
4566 </varlistentry>
4567 <varlistentry>
4568 <term><varname>FDNonISO=</varname></term>
4569 <listitem>
4570 <para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, non-ISO CAN-FD mode is enabled for the
4571 interface. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
4572
4573 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
4574 </listitem>
4575 </varlistentry>
4576 <varlistentry>
4577 <term><varname>RestartSec=</varname></term>
4578 <listitem>
4579 <para>Automatic restart delay time. If set to a non-zero value, a restart of the CAN controller will be
4580 triggered automatically in case of a bus-off condition after the specified delay time. Subsecond delays can
4581 be specified using decimals (e.g. <literal>0.1s</literal>) or a <literal>ms</literal> or
4582 <literal>us</literal> postfix. Using <literal>infinity</literal> or <literal>0</literal> will turn the
4583 automatic restart off. By default automatic restart is disabled.</para>
4584
4585 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/>
4586 </listitem>
4587 </varlistentry>
4588 <varlistentry>
4589 <term><varname>Termination=</varname></term>
4590 <listitem>
4591 <para>Takes a boolean or a termination resistor value in ohm in the range 0…65535. When
4592 <literal>yes</literal>, the termination resistor is set to 120 ohm. When
4593 <literal>no</literal> or <literal>0</literal> is set, the termination resistor is disabled.
4594 When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
4595
4596 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
4597 </listitem>
4598 </varlistentry>
4599 <varlistentry>
4600 <term><varname>TripleSampling=</varname></term>
4601 <listitem>
4602 <para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, three samples (instead of one) are used to determine
4603 the value of a received bit by majority rule. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4604
4605 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/>
b9e6e925
YW
4606 </listitem>
4607 </varlistentry>
4608 <varlistentry>
4609 <term><varname>BusErrorReporting=</varname></term>
4610 <listitem>
4611 <para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, reporting of CAN bus errors is activated
4612 (those include single bit, frame format, and bit stuffing errors, unable to send dominant bit,
4613 unable to send recessive bit, bus overload, active error announcement, error occurred on
4614 transmission). When unset, the kernel's default will be used. Note: in case of a CAN bus with a
4615 single CAN device, sending a CAN frame may result in a huge number of CAN bus errors.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4616
4617 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
b9e6e925
YW
4618 </listitem>
4619 </varlistentry>
4620 <varlistentry>
4621 <term><varname>ListenOnly=</varname></term>
4622 <listitem>
4623 <para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, listen-only mode is enabled. When the
4624 interface is in listen-only mode, the interface neither transmit CAN frames nor send ACK
4625 bit. Listen-only mode is important to debug CAN networks without interfering with the
4626 communication or acknowledge the CAN frame. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.
4627 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4628
4629 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
b9e6e925
YW
4630 </listitem>
4631 </varlistentry>
4632 <varlistentry>
4633 <term><varname>Loopback=</varname></term>
4634 <listitem>
4635 <para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, loopback mode is enabled. When the
4636 loopback mode is enabled, the interface treats messages transmitted by itself as received
4637 messages. The loopback mode is important to debug CAN networks. When unset, the kernel's
4638 default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4639
4640 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
b9e6e925
YW
4641 </listitem>
4642 </varlistentry>
4643 <varlistentry>
4644 <term><varname>OneShot=</varname></term>
4645 <listitem>
4646 <para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, one-shot mode is enabled. When unset,
4647 the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4648
4649 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
b9e6e925
YW
4650 </listitem>
4651 </varlistentry>
4652 <varlistentry>
4653 <term><varname>PresumeAck=</varname></term>
4654 <listitem>
4655 <para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, the interface will ignore missing CAN
4656 ACKs. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4657
4658 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
b9e6e925
YW
4659 </listitem>
4660 </varlistentry>
4661 <varlistentry>
4662 <term><varname>ClassicDataLengthCode=</varname></term>
4663 <listitem>
4664 <para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, the interface will handle the 4bit data
4665 length code (DLC). When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4666
4667 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
b9e6e925
YW
4668 </listitem>
4669 </varlistentry>
4670 </variablelist>
72e65e6f
YW
4671 </refsect1>
4672
4673 <refsect1>
4674 <title>[IPoIB] Section Options</title>
b9e6e925
YW
4675 <para>The [IPoIB] section manages the IP over Infiniband and accepts the following keys:</para>
4676
4677 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
4678 <xi:include href="systemd.netdev.xml" xpointer="ipoib_mode" />
4679 <xi:include href="systemd.netdev.xml" xpointer="ipoib_umcast" />
4680 </variablelist>
06828bb6
HP
4681 </refsect1>
4682
2ed5f6d5
YW
4683 <refsect1>
4684 <title>[QDisc] Section Options</title>
bdac5608 4685 <para>The [QDisc] section manages the traffic control queueing discipline (qdisc).</para>
2ed5f6d5
YW
4686
4687 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
4688 <varlistentry>
4689 <term><varname>Parent=</varname></term>
4690 <listitem>
4691 <para>Specifies the parent Queueing Discipline (qdisc). Takes one of <literal>clsact</literal>
4692 or <literal>ingress</literal>. This is mandatory.</para>
aefdc112 4693
b9e6e925 4694 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/>
2ed5f6d5
YW
4695 </listitem>
4696 </varlistentry>
d8b2396d 4697
f344a492 4698 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
2ed5f6d5
YW
4699 </variablelist>
4700 </refsect1>
4701
0f5bd7fe 4702 <refsect1>
18de0969 4703 <title>[NetworkEmulator] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
4704 <para>The [NetworkEmulator] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of the network emulator. It
4705 can be used to configure the kernel packet scheduler and simulate packet delay and loss for UDP or TCP
4706 applications, or limit the bandwidth usage of a particular service to simulate internet connections.
4707 </para>
0f5bd7fe
SS
4708
4709 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
4710 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
4711 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
d8b2396d 4712
0f5bd7fe 4713 <varlistentry>
18de0969 4714 <term><varname>DelaySec=</varname></term>
0f5bd7fe
SS
4715 <listitem>
4716 <para>Specifies the fixed amount of delay to be added to all packets going out of the
4717 interface. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4718
4719 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
0f5bd7fe
SS
4720 </listitem>
4721 </varlistentry>
4722
4723 <varlistentry>
18de0969 4724 <term><varname>DelayJitterSec=</varname></term>
0f5bd7fe
SS
4725 <listitem>
4726 <para>Specifies the chosen delay to be added to the packets outgoing to the network
4727 interface. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4728
4729 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
0f5bd7fe
SS
4730 </listitem>
4731 </varlistentry>
4732
4733 <varlistentry>
18de0969 4734 <term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
0f5bd7fe
SS
4735 <listitem>
4736 <para>Specifies the maximum number of packets the qdisc may hold queued at a time.
69978eb9 4737 An unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967294. Defaults to 1000.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4738
4739 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
0f5bd7fe
SS
4740 </listitem>
4741 </varlistentry>
4742
4743 <varlistentry>
18de0969 4744 <term><varname>LossRate=</varname></term>
0f5bd7fe
SS
4745 <listitem>
4746 <para>Specifies an independent loss probability to be added to the packets outgoing from the
4747 network interface. Takes a percentage value, suffixed with "%". Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4748
4749 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
0f5bd7fe
SS
4750 </listitem>
4751 </varlistentry>
4752
b9c5aa3c 4753 <varlistentry>
18de0969 4754 <term><varname>DuplicateRate=</varname></term>
b9c5aa3c
SS
4755 <listitem>
4756 <para>Specifies that the chosen percent of packets is duplicated before queuing them.
4757 Takes a percentage value, suffixed with "%". Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4758
4759 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
b9c5aa3c
SS
4760 </listitem>
4761 </varlistentry>
18de0969
YW
4762 </variablelist>
4763 </refsect1>
b9c5aa3c 4764
18de0969 4765 <refsect1>
60ed2dcf 4766 <title>[TokenBucketFilter] Section Options</title>
e9dd6984
ZJS
4767 <para>The [TokenBucketFilter] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of token bucket filter
4768 (tbf).</para>
18de0969
YW
4769
4770 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
4771 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
4772 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
d8b2396d 4773
18de0969
YW
4774 <varlistentry>
4775 <term><varname>LatencySec=</varname></term>
ba5841b5
SS
4776 <listitem>
4777 <para>Specifies the latency parameter, which specifies the maximum amount of time a
60ed2dcf 4778 packet can sit in the Token Bucket Filter (TBF). Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4779
4780 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
ba5841b5
SS
4781 </listitem>
4782 </varlistentry>
4783
dcfc23ae 4784 <varlistentry>
c03ef420 4785 <term><varname>LimitBytes=</varname></term>
dcfc23ae
YW
4786 <listitem>
4787 <para>Takes the number of bytes that can be queued waiting for tokens to become available.
4788 When the size is suffixed with K, M, or G, it is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes,
c03ef420 4789 respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4790
4791 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
dcfc23ae
YW
4792 </listitem>
4793 </varlistentry>
4794
ba5841b5 4795 <varlistentry>
c03ef420 4796 <term><varname>BurstBytes=</varname></term>
ba5841b5
SS
4797 <listitem>
4798 <para>Specifies the size of the bucket. This is the maximum amount of bytes that tokens
4799 can be available for instantaneous transfer. When the size is suffixed with K, M, or G, it is
c03ef420 4800 parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to
ba5841b5 4801 unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4802
4803 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
ba5841b5
SS
4804 </listitem>
4805 </varlistentry>
4806
4807 <varlistentry>
18de0969 4808 <term><varname>Rate=</varname></term>
ba5841b5
SS
4809 <listitem>
4810 <para>Specifies the device specific bandwidth. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified
6b8fe4c3 4811 bandwidth is parsed as Kilobits, Megabits, or Gigabits, respectively, to the base of 1000.
ba5841b5 4812 Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4813
4814 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
ba5841b5
SS
4815 </listitem>
4816 </varlistentry>
4817
dcfc23ae 4818 <varlistentry>
18de0969 4819 <term><varname>MPUBytes=</varname></term>
dcfc23ae
YW
4820 <listitem>
4821 <para>The Minimum Packet Unit (MPU) determines the minimal token usage (specified in bytes)
4822 for a packet. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes,
c03ef420 4823 Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to zero.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4824
4825 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
dcfc23ae
YW
4826 </listitem>
4827 </varlistentry>
4828
4829 <varlistentry>
18de0969 4830 <term><varname>PeakRate=</varname></term>
dcfc23ae
YW
4831 <listitem>
4832 <para>Takes the maximum depletion rate of the bucket. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the
6b8fe4c3 4833 specified size is parsed as Kilobits, Megabits, or Gigabits, respectively, to the base of
dcfc23ae 4834 1000. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4835
4836 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
dcfc23ae
YW
4837 </listitem>
4838 </varlistentry>
4839
4840 <varlistentry>
18de0969 4841 <term><varname>MTUBytes=</varname></term>
dcfc23ae
YW
4842 <listitem>
4843 <para>Specifies the size of the peakrate bucket. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified
c03ef420 4844 size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024.
dcfc23ae 4845 Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4846
4847 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
dcfc23ae
YW
4848 </listitem>
4849 </varlistentry>
18de0969
YW
4850 </variablelist>
4851 </refsect1>
4852
bde4ae88
SS
4853 <refsect1>
4854 <title>[PIE] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
4855 <para>The [PIE] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Proportional Integral
4856 controller-Enhanced (PIE).</para>
bde4ae88
SS
4857
4858 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
4859 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
4860 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
bde4ae88
SS
4861
4862 <varlistentry>
4863 <term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
4864 <listitem>
1d3a473b
ZJS
4865 <para>Specifies the hard limit on the queue size in number of packets. When this limit is reached,
4866 incoming packets are dropped. An unsigned integer in the range 1…4294967294. Defaults to unset and
4867 kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4868
4869 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
8f6b6d70
SS
4870 </listitem>
4871 </varlistentry>
4872 </variablelist>
4873 </refsect1>
4874
4875 <refsect1>
4876 <title>[FlowQueuePIE] Section Options</title>
4877 <para>The <literal>[FlowQueuePIE]</literal> section manages the queueing discipline
4878 (qdisc) of Flow Queue Proportional Integral controller-Enhanced (fq_pie).</para>
4879
4880 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
4881 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
4882 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
4883
4884 <varlistentry>
4885 <term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
4886 <listitem>
75909cc7
ZJS
4887 <para>Specifies the hard limit on the queue size in number of packets. When this limit is reached,
4888 incoming packets are dropped. An unsigned integer ranges 1 to 4294967294. Defaults to unset and
4889 kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4890
4891 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/>
bde4ae88
SS
4892 </listitem>
4893 </varlistentry>
4894 </variablelist>
4895 </refsect1>
4896
982998b0
SS
4897 <refsect1>
4898 <title>[StochasticFairBlue] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
4899 <para>The [StochasticFairBlue] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of stochastic fair blue
4900 (sfb).</para>
982998b0
SS
4901
4902 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
4903 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
4904 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
982998b0
SS
4905
4906 <varlistentry>
4907 <term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
4908 <listitem>
e9dd6984 4909 <para>Specifies the hard limit on the queue size in number of packets. When this limit is reached,
69978eb9 4910 incoming packets are dropped. An unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967294. Defaults to unset and
e9dd6984 4911 kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4912
4913 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
982998b0
SS
4914 </listitem>
4915 </varlistentry>
4916 </variablelist>
4917 </refsect1>
4918
18de0969
YW
4919 <refsect1>
4920 <title>[StochasticFairnessQueueing] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
4921 <para>The [StochasticFairnessQueueing] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of stochastic
4922 fairness queueing (sfq).</para>
18de0969
YW
4923
4924 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
4925 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
4926 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
d8b2396d 4927
9942b710 4928 <varlistentry>
18de0969 4929 <term><varname>PerturbPeriodSec=</varname></term>
9942b710
SS
4930 <listitem>
4931 <para>Specifies the interval in seconds for queue algorithm perturbation. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4932
4933 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
9942b710
SS
4934 </listitem>
4935 </varlistentry>
18de0969
YW
4936 </variablelist>
4937 </refsect1>
4938
c853f594
SS
4939 <refsect1>
4940 <title>[BFIFO] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
4941 <para>The [BFIFO] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Byte limited Packet First In First
4942 Out (bfifo).</para>
c853f594
SS
4943
4944 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
4945 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
4946 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
c853f594
SS
4947
4948 <varlistentry>
c03ef420 4949 <term><varname>LimitBytes=</varname></term>
c853f594 4950 <listitem>
885a4e6c
ZJS
4951 <para>Specifies the hard limit in bytes on the FIFO buffer size. The size limit prevents overflow
4952 in case the kernel is unable to dequeue packets as quickly as it receives them. When this limit is
4953 reached, incoming packets are dropped. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed
4954 as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to unset and
4955 kernel default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4956
4957 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
c853f594
SS
4958 </listitem>
4959 </varlistentry>
4960 </variablelist>
4961 </refsect1>
4962
a7476065
SS
4963 <refsect1>
4964 <title>[PFIFO] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
4965 <para>The [PFIFO] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Packet First In First Out
4966 (pfifo).</para>
a7476065
SS
4967
4968 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
4969 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
4970 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
a7476065
SS
4971
4972 <varlistentry>
4973 <term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
4974 <listitem>
75909cc7
ZJS
4975 <para>Specifies the hard limit on the number of packets in the FIFO queue. The size limit prevents
4976 overflow in case the kernel is unable to dequeue packets as quickly as it receives them. When this
4977 limit is reached, incoming packets are dropped. An unsigned integer in the range
69978eb9 4978 0…4294967294. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4979
4980 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
a7476065
SS
4981 </listitem>
4982 </varlistentry>
ad8352f4
SS
4983 </variablelist>
4984 </refsect1>
4985
053a2ddb
SS
4986 <refsect1>
4987 <title>[PFIFOHeadDrop] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
4988 <para>The [PFIFOHeadDrop] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Packet First In First Out
4989 Head Drop (pfifo_head_drop).</para>
053a2ddb
SS
4990
4991 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
4992 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
4993 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
053a2ddb
SS
4994
4995 <varlistentry>
4996 <term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
4997 <listitem>
ec07c3c8
AK
4998 <para>As in [PFIFO] section.</para>
4999
5000 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem>
053a2ddb
SS
5001 </varlistentry>
5002 </variablelist>
5003 </refsect1>
5004
1a95964b
SS
5005 <refsect1>
5006 <title>[PFIFOFast] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
5007 <para>The [PFIFOFast] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Packet First In First Out Fast
5008 (pfifo_fast).</para>
1a95964b
SS
5009
5010 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
5011 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
5012 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
1a95964b
SS
5013 </variablelist>
5014 </refsect1>
5015
ad8352f4
SS
5016 <refsect1>
5017 <title>[CAKE] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
5018 <para>The [CAKE] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Common Applications Kept Enhanced
5019 (CAKE).</para>
ad8352f4
SS
5020
5021 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
5022 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
5023 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
a7476065 5024
ad8352f4 5025 <varlistentry>
ca2c3e92 5026 <term><varname>Bandwidth=</varname></term>
ad8352f4 5027 <listitem>
ca2c3e92
YW
5028 <para>Specifies the shaper bandwidth. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is
5029 parsed as Kilobits, Megabits, or Gigabits, respectively, to the base of 1000. Defaults to
5030 unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5031
5032 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
ad8352f4 5033 </listitem>
f344a492 5034 </varlistentry>
ad8352f4 5035
025cd94e
YW
5036 <varlistentry>
5037 <term><varname>AutoRateIngress=</varname></term>
5038 <listitem>
5039 <para>Takes a boolean value. Enables automatic capacity estimation based on traffic arriving
5040 at this qdisc. This is most likely to be useful with cellular links, which tend to change
5041 quality randomly. If this setting is enabled, the <varname>Bandwidth=</varname> setting is
5042 used as an initial estimate. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5043
5044 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
025cd94e
YW
5045 </listitem>
5046 </varlistentry>
5047
ad8352f4 5048 <varlistentry>
c03ef420 5049 <term><varname>OverheadBytes=</varname></term>
ad8352f4 5050 <listitem>
69978eb9
YW
5051 <para>Specifies that bytes to be addeded to the size of each packet. Bytes may be negative.
5052 Takes an integer in the range -64…256. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.
5053 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5054
5055 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
ad8352f4 5056 </listitem>
f344a492 5057 </varlistentry>
ad8352f4
SS
5058
5059 <varlistentry>
863542e1 5060 <term><varname>MPUBytes=</varname></term>
ad8352f4 5061 <listitem>
863542e1
YW
5062 <para>Rounds each packet (including overhead) up to the specified bytes. Takes an integer in
5063 the range 1…256. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5064
5065 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
863542e1
YW
5066 </listitem>
5067 </varlistentry>
5068
b6eccfda
YW
5069 <varlistentry>
5070 <term><varname>CompensationMode=</varname></term>
5071 <listitem>
5072 <para>Takes one of <literal>none</literal>, <literal>atm</literal>, or <literal>ptm</literal>.
5073 Specifies the compensation mode for overhead calculation. When <literal>none</literal>, no
5074 compensation is taken into account. When <literal>atm</literal>, enables the compensation for
5075 ATM cell framing, which is normally found on ADSL links. When <literal>ptm</literal>, enables
5076 the compensation for PTM encoding, which is normally found on VDSL2 links and uses a 64b/65b
5077 encoding scheme. Defaults to unset and the kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5078
5079 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
b6eccfda
YW
5080 </listitem>
5081 </varlistentry>
5082
1c7a81e6
YW
5083 <varlistentry>
5084 <term><varname>UseRawPacketSize=</varname></term>
5085 <listitem>
5086 <para>Takes a boolean value. When true, the packet size reported by the Linux kernel will be
5087 used, instead of the underlying IP packet size. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default
5088 is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5089
5090 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
1c7a81e6
YW
5091 </listitem>
5092 </varlistentry>
5093
a049cf16
YW
5094 <varlistentry>
5095 <term><varname>FlowIsolationMode=</varname></term>
5096 <listitem>
5097 <para>CAKE places packets from different flows into different queues, then packets from each
5098 queue are delivered fairly. This specifies whether the fairness is based on source address,
5099 destination address, individual flows, or any combination of those. The available values are:
5100 </para>
5101
5102 <variablelist>
5103 <varlistentry>
5104 <term><option>none</option></term>
5105 <listitem><para>
5106 The flow isolation is disabled, and all traffic passes through a single queue.
ec07c3c8
AK
5107 </para>
5108
5109 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
a049cf16
YW
5110 </varlistentry>
5111 <varlistentry>
5112 <term><option>src-host</option></term>
5113 <listitem><para>
2f7a0648 5114 Flows are defined only by source address. Equivalent to the <literal>srchost</literal>
a049cf16
YW
5115 option for <command>tc qdisc</command> command. See also
5116 <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>tc-cake</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
ec07c3c8
AK
5117 </para>
5118
5119 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
a049cf16
YW
5120 </varlistentry>
5121 <varlistentry>
5122 <term><option>dst-host</option></term>
5123 <listitem><para>
2f7a0648 5124 Flows are defined only by destination address. Equivalent to the
d68c797c 5125 <literal>dsthost</literal> option for <command>tc qdisc</command> command. See also
a049cf16 5126 <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>tc-cake</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
ec07c3c8
AK
5127 </para>
5128
5129 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
a049cf16
YW
5130 </varlistentry>
5131 <varlistentry>
5132 <term><option>hosts</option></term>
5133 <listitem><para>
5134 Flows are defined by source-destination host pairs. Equivalent to the same option for
5135 <command>tc qdisc</command> command. See also
5136 <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>tc-cake</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
ec07c3c8
AK
5137 </para>
5138
5139 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
a049cf16
YW
5140 </varlistentry>
5141 <varlistentry>
5142 <term><option>flows</option></term>
5143 <listitem><para>
5144 Flows are defined by the entire 5-tuple of source address, destination address,
5145 transport protocol, source port and destination port. Equivalent to the same option for
5146 <command>tc qdisc</command> command. See also
5147 <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>tc-cake</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
ec07c3c8
AK
5148 </para>
5149
5150 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
a049cf16
YW
5151 </varlistentry>
5152 <varlistentry>
5153 <term><option>dual-src-host</option></term>
5154 <listitem><para>
5155 Flows are defined by the 5-tuple (see <literal>flows</literal> in the above), and
2f7a0648 5156 fairness is applied first over source addresses, then over individual flows. Equivalent
a049cf16
YW
5157 to the <literal>dual-srchost</literal> option for <command>tc qdisc</command> command.
5158 See also
5159 <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>tc-cake</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
ec07c3c8
AK
5160 </para>
5161
5162 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
a049cf16
YW
5163 </varlistentry>
5164 <varlistentry>
5165 <term><option>dual-dst-host</option></term>
5166 <listitem><para>
5167 Flows are defined by the 5-tuple (see <literal>flows</literal> in the above), and
5168 fairness is applied first over destination addresses, then over individual flows.
2f7a0648 5169 Equivalent to the <literal>dual-dsthost</literal> option for
a049cf16
YW
5170 <command>tc qdisc</command> command. See also
5171 <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>tc-cake</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
ec07c3c8
AK
5172 </para>
5173
5174 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
a049cf16
YW
5175 </varlistentry>
5176 <varlistentry>
5177 <term><option>triple</option></term>
5178 <listitem><para>
5179 Flows are defined by the 5-tuple (see <literal>flows</literal>), and fairness is
5180 applied over source and destination addresses, and also over individual flows.
2f7a0648 5181 Equivalent to the <literal>triple-isolate</literal> option for
a049cf16
YW
5182 <command>tc qdisc</command> command. See also
5183 <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>tc-cake</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
ec07c3c8
AK
5184 </para>
5185
5186 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
a049cf16
YW
5187 </varlistentry>
5188 </variablelist>
5189
5190 <para>Defaults to unset and the kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5191
5192 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
a049cf16
YW
5193 </listitem>
5194 </varlistentry>
5195
4bff8086
YW
5196 <varlistentry>
5197 <term><varname>NAT=</varname></term>
5198 <listitem>
5199 <para>Takes a boolean value. When true, CAKE performs a NAT lookup before applying
5200 flow-isolation rules, to determine the true addresses and port numbers of the packet, to
5201 improve fairness between hosts inside the NAT. This has no practical effect when
5202 <varname>FlowIsolationMode=</varname> is <literal>none</literal> or <literal>flows</literal>,
5203 or if NAT is performed on a different host. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default is
5204 used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5205
5206 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
4bff8086
YW
5207 </listitem>
5208 </varlistentry>
5209
fe8e156e
YW
5210 <varlistentry>
5211 <term><varname>PriorityQueueingPreset=</varname></term>
5212 <listitem>
5213 <para>CAKE divides traffic into <literal>tins</literal>, and each tin has its own independent
5214 set of flow-isolation queues, bandwidth threshold, and priority. This specifies the preset of
5215 tin profiles. The available values are:</para>
5216
5217 <variablelist>
5218 <varlistentry>
5219 <term><option>besteffort</option></term>
5220 <listitem><para>
5221 Disables priority queueing by placing all traffic in one tin.
ec07c3c8
AK
5222 </para>
5223
5224 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
fe8e156e
YW
5225 </varlistentry>
5226 <varlistentry>
5227 <term><option>precedence</option></term>
5228 <listitem><para>
5229 Enables priority queueing based on the legacy interpretation of TOS
5230 <literal>Precedence</literal> field. Use of this preset on the modern Internet is
5231 firmly discouraged.
ec07c3c8
AK
5232 </para>
5233
5234 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
fe8e156e
YW
5235 </varlistentry>
5236 <varlistentry>
5237 <term><option>diffserv8</option></term>
5238 <listitem><para>
5239 Enables priority queueing based on the Differentiated Service
5240 (<literal>DiffServ</literal>) field with eight tins: Background Traffic, High
5241 Throughput, Best Effort, Video Streaming, Low Latency Transactions, Interactive Shell,
5242 Minimum Latency, and Network Control.
ec07c3c8
AK
5243 </para>
5244
5245 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
fe8e156e
YW
5246 </varlistentry>
5247 <varlistentry>
5248 <term><option>diffserv4</option></term>
5249 <listitem><para>
5250 Enables priority queueing based on the Differentiated Service
5251 (<literal>DiffServ</literal>) field with four tins: Background Traffic, Best Effort,
5252 Streaming Media, and Latency Sensitive.
ec07c3c8
AK
5253 </para>
5254
5255 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
fe8e156e
YW
5256 </varlistentry>
5257 <varlistentry>
5258 <term><option>diffserv3</option></term>
5259 <listitem><para>
5260 Enables priority queueing based on the Differentiated Service
5261 (<literal>DiffServ</literal>) field with three tins: Background Traffic, Best Effort,
5262 and Latency Sensitive.
ec07c3c8
AK
5263 </para>
5264
5265 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
fe8e156e
YW
5266 </varlistentry>
5267 </variablelist>
5268
5269 <para>Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5270
5271 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
ad8352f4
SS
5272 </listitem>
5273 </varlistentry>
fe8e156e 5274
049b66cc
YW
5275 <varlistentry>
5276 <term><varname>FirewallMark=</varname></term>
5277 <listitem>
5278 <para>Takes an integer in the range 1…4294967295. When specified, firewall-mark-based
5279 overriding of CAKE's tin selection is enabled. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default is
5280 used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5281
5282 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
049b66cc
YW
5283 </listitem>
5284 </varlistentry>
5285
d05dce95
YW
5286 <varlistentry>
5287 <term><varname>Wash=</varname></term>
5288 <listitem>
5289 <para>Takes a boolean value. When true, CAKE clears the DSCP fields, except for ECN bits, of
5290 any packet passing through CAKE. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5291
5292 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
d05dce95
YW
5293 </listitem>
5294 </varlistentry>
5295
35896db4
YW
5296 <varlistentry>
5297 <term><varname>SplitGSO=</varname></term>
5298 <listitem>
5299 <para>Takes a boolean value. When true, CAKE will split General Segmentation Offload (GSO)
5300 super-packets into their on-the-wire components and dequeue them individually. Defaults to
5301 unset, and the kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5302
5303 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
35896db4
YW
5304 </listitem>
5305 </varlistentry>
5306
3af9cd0b
YW
5307 <varlistentry>
5308 <term><varname>RTTSec=</varname></term>
5309 <listitem>
5310 <para>Specifies the RTT for the filter. Takes a timespan. Typical values are e.g. 100us for
5311 extremely high-performance 10GigE+ networks like datacentre, 1ms for non-WiFi LAN connections,
5312 100ms for typical internet connections. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default will be used.
5313 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5314
5315 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/>
3af9cd0b
YW
5316 </listitem>
5317 </varlistentry>
5318
8c920636
YW
5319 <varlistentry>
5320 <term><varname>AckFilter=</varname></term>
5321 <listitem>
5322 <para>Takes a boolean value, or special value <literal>aggressive</literal>. If enabled, ACKs in
5323 each flow are queued and redundant ACKs to the upstream are dropped. If yes, the filter will always
5324 keep at least two redundant ACKs in the queue, while in <literal>aggressive</literal> mode, it will
5325 filter down to a single ACK. This may improve download throughput on links with very asymmetrical
5326 rate limits. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5327
5328 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/>
8c920636
YW
5329 </listitem>
5330 </varlistentry>
5331
a7476065
SS
5332 </variablelist>
5333 </refsect1>
5334
18de0969
YW
5335 <refsect1>
5336 <title>[ControlledDelay] Section Options</title>
bdac5608 5337 <para>The [ControlledDelay] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of
18de0969 5338 controlled delay (CoDel).</para>
9942b710 5339
18de0969 5340 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
5341 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
5342 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
d8b2396d 5343
18de0969
YW
5344 <varlistentry>
5345 <term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
a9a5d632 5346 <listitem>
e9dd6984 5347 <para>Specifies the hard limit on the queue size in number of packets. When this limit is reached,
69978eb9 5348 incoming packets are dropped. An unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967294. Defaults to unset and
e9dd6984 5349 kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5350
5351 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
a9a5d632
SS
5352 </listitem>
5353 </varlistentry>
5354
b078e528 5355 <varlistentry>
18de0969 5356 <term><varname>TargetSec=</varname></term>
b078e528
YW
5357 <listitem>
5358 <para>Takes a timespan. Specifies the acceptable minimum standing/persistent queue delay.
5359 Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5360
5361 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
b078e528
YW
5362 </listitem>
5363 </varlistentry>
5364
5365 <varlistentry>
18de0969 5366 <term><varname>IntervalSec=</varname></term>
b078e528
YW
5367 <listitem>
5368 <para>Takes a timespan. This is used to ensure that the measured minimum delay does not
5369 become too stale. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5370
5371 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
b078e528
YW
5372 </listitem>
5373 </varlistentry>
5374
5375 <varlistentry>
18de0969 5376 <term><varname>ECN=</varname></term>
b078e528
YW
5377 <listitem>
5378 <para>Takes a boolean. This can be used to mark packets instead of dropping them. Defaults to
5379 unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5380
5381 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
b078e528
YW
5382 </listitem>
5383 </varlistentry>
5384
5385 <varlistentry>
18de0969 5386 <term><varname>CEThresholdSec=</varname></term>
b078e528
YW
5387 <listitem>
5388 <para>Takes a timespan. This sets a threshold above which all packets are marked with ECN
5389 Congestion Experienced (CE). Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5390
5391 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
b078e528
YW
5392 </listitem>
5393 </varlistentry>
18de0969
YW
5394 </variablelist>
5395 </refsect1>
b078e528 5396
f5fc0441
SS
5397 <refsect1>
5398 <title>[DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
5399 <para>The [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Deficit Round
5400 Robin Scheduler (DRR).</para>
f5fc0441
SS
5401
5402 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
5403 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
5404 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
f5fc0441
SS
5405 </variablelist>
5406 </refsect1>
5407
ad365c5d
YW
5408 <refsect1>
5409 <title>[DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
5410 <para>The [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass] section manages the traffic control class of Deficit Round
5411 Robin Scheduler (DRR).</para>
ad365c5d
YW
5412
5413 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
5414 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="tclass-parent" />
5415 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="tclass-classid" />
ad365c5d
YW
5416
5417 <varlistentry>
c03ef420 5418 <term><varname>QuantumBytes=</varname></term>
ad365c5d 5419 <listitem>
c03ef420
YW
5420 <para>Specifies the amount of bytes a flow is allowed to dequeue before the scheduler moves
5421 to the next class. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes,
5422 Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to the MTU of the
5423 interface.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5424
5425 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
ad365c5d
YW
5426 </listitem>
5427 </varlistentry>
5428
5429 </variablelist>
5430 </refsect1>
5431
d474aa51
YW
5432 <refsect1>
5433 <title>[EnhancedTransmissionSelection] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
5434 <para>The [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Enhanced
5435 Transmission Selection (ETS).</para>
d474aa51
YW
5436
5437 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
5438 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
5439 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
5440
5441 <varlistentry>
5442 <term><varname>Bands=</varname></term>
5443 <listitem>
69978eb9 5444 <para>Specifies the number of bands. An unsigned integer in the range 1…16. This value has to be at
e9dd6984
ZJS
5445 least large enough to cover the strict bands specified through the <varname>StrictBands=</varname>
5446 and bandwidth-sharing bands specified in <varname>QuantumBytes=</varname>.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5447
5448 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
d474aa51
YW
5449 </listitem>
5450 </varlistentry>
5451
5452 <varlistentry>
5453 <term><varname>StrictBands=</varname></term>
5454 <listitem>
e9dd6984 5455 <para>Specifies the number of bands that should be created in strict mode. An unsigned integer in
69978eb9 5456 the range 1…16.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5457
5458 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
d474aa51
YW
5459 </listitem>
5460 </varlistentry>
5461
5462 <varlistentry>
5463 <term><varname>QuantumBytes=</varname></term>
5464 <listitem>
5465 <para>Specifies the white-space separated list of quantum used in band-sharing bands. When
5466 suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes,
5467 respectively, to the base of 1024. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty
5468 string is assigned, then the all previous assignments are cleared.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5469
5470 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
d474aa51
YW
5471 </listitem>
5472 </varlistentry>
5473
5474 <varlistentry>
5475 <term><varname>PriorityMap=</varname></term>
5476 <listitem>
885a4e6c
ZJS
5477 <para>The priority map maps the priority of a packet to a band. The argument is a whitespace
5478 separated list of numbers. The first number indicates which band the packets with priority 0 should
5479 be put to, the second is for priority 1, and so on. There can be up to 16 numbers in the list. If
5480 there are fewer, the default band that traffic with one of the unmentioned priorities goes to is
1d3a473b 5481 the last one. Each band number must be in the range 0…255. This setting can be specified multiple
885a4e6c 5482 times. If an empty string is assigned, then the all previous assignments are cleared.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5483
5484 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
d474aa51
YW
5485 </listitem>
5486 </varlistentry>
5487 </variablelist>
5488 </refsect1>
5489
609e8340
SS
5490 <refsect1>
5491 <title>[GenericRandomEarlyDetection] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
5492 <para>The [GenericRandomEarlyDetection] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Generic Random
5493 Early Detection (GRED).</para>
609e8340
SS
5494
5495 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
5496 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
5497 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
609e8340
SS
5498
5499 <varlistentry>
5500 <term><varname>VirtualQueues=</varname></term>
5501 <listitem>
387f6955 5502 <para>Specifies the number of virtual queues. Takes an integer in the range 1…16. Defaults to unset
1d3a473b 5503 and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5504
5505 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
609e8340
SS
5506 </listitem>
5507 </varlistentry>
5508
5509 <varlistentry>
5510 <term><varname>DefaultVirtualQueue=</varname></term>
5511 <listitem>
5512 <para>Specifies the number of default virtual queue. This must be less than <varname>VirtualQueue=</varname>.
5513 Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5514
5515 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
609e8340
SS
5516 </listitem>
5517 </varlistentry>
5518
5519 <varlistentry>
5520 <term><varname>GenericRIO=</varname></term>
5521 <listitem>
5522 <para>Takes a boolean. It turns on the RIO-like buffering scheme. Defaults to
5523 unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5524
5525 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
609e8340
SS
5526 </listitem>
5527 </varlistentry>
5528 </variablelist>
5529 </refsect1>
5530
18de0969
YW
5531 <refsect1>
5532 <title>[FairQueueingControlledDelay] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
5533 <para>The [FairQueueingControlledDelay] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of fair queuing
5534 controlled delay (FQ-CoDel).</para>
18de0969
YW
5535
5536 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
5537 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
5538 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
d8b2396d 5539
18de0969
YW
5540 <varlistentry>
5541 <term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
4e5ef149
SS
5542 <listitem>
5543 <para>Specifies the hard limit on the real queue size. When this limit is reached, incoming packets are
5544 dropped. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5545
5546 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
4e5ef149
SS
5547 </listitem>
5548 </varlistentry>
5549
ac810b75 5550 <varlistentry>
c03ef420 5551 <term><varname>MemoryLimitBytes=</varname></term>
ac810b75
YW
5552 <listitem>
5553 <para>Specifies the limit on the total number of bytes that can be queued in this FQ-CoDel instance.
5554 When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes,
5555 respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5556
5557 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
ac810b75
YW
5558 </listitem>
5559 </varlistentry>
5560
5561 <varlistentry>
18de0969 5562 <term><varname>Flows=</varname></term>
ac810b75
YW
5563 <listitem>
5564 <para>Specifies the number of flows into which the incoming packets are classified.
5565 Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5566
5567 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
ac810b75
YW
5568 </listitem>
5569 </varlistentry>
5570
5571 <varlistentry>
18de0969 5572 <term><varname>TargetSec=</varname></term>
ac810b75
YW
5573 <listitem>
5574 <para>Takes a timespan. Specifies the acceptable minimum standing/persistent queue delay.
5575 Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5576
5577 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
ac810b75
YW
5578 </listitem>
5579 </varlistentry>
5580
5581 <varlistentry>
18de0969 5582 <term><varname>IntervalSec=</varname></term>
ac810b75
YW
5583 <listitem>
5584 <para>Takes a timespan. This is used to ensure that the measured minimum delay does not
5585 become too stale. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5586
5587 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
ac810b75
YW
5588 </listitem>
5589 </varlistentry>
5590
5591 <varlistentry>
c03ef420 5592 <term><varname>QuantumBytes=</varname></term>
ac810b75 5593 <listitem>
e9dd6984 5594 <para>Specifies the number of bytes used as the "deficit" in the fair queuing algorithm timespan.
ac810b75
YW
5595 When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes,
5596 respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5597
5598 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
ac810b75
YW
5599 </listitem>
5600 </varlistentry>
5601
5602 <varlistentry>
18de0969 5603 <term><varname>ECN=</varname></term>
ac810b75
YW
5604 <listitem>
5605 <para>Takes a boolean. This can be used to mark packets instead of dropping them. Defaults to
5606 unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5607
5608 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
ac810b75
YW
5609 </listitem>
5610 </varlistentry>
5611
5612 <varlistentry>
18de0969 5613 <term><varname>CEThresholdSec=</varname></term>
ac810b75
YW
5614 <listitem>
5615 <para>Takes a timespan. This sets a threshold above which all packets are marked with ECN
5616 Congestion Experienced (CE). Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5617
5618 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
ac810b75
YW
5619 </listitem>
5620 </varlistentry>
18de0969
YW
5621 </variablelist>
5622 </refsect1>
5623
5624 <refsect1>
ca58d00c 5625 <title>[FairQueueing] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
5626 <para>The [FairQueueing] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of fair queue traffic policing
5627 (FQ).</para>
18de0969
YW
5628
5629 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
5630 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
5631 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
d8b2396d 5632
7234b915 5633 <varlistentry>
18de0969 5634 <term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
7234b915
SS
5635 <listitem>
5636 <para>Specifies the hard limit on the real queue size. When this limit is reached, incoming packets are
5637 dropped. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5638
5639 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
7234b915
SS
5640 </listitem>
5641 </varlistentry>
5642
e83562e5 5643 <varlistentry>
18de0969 5644 <term><varname>FlowLimit=</varname></term>
e83562e5
YW
5645 <listitem>
5646 <para>Specifies the hard limit on the maximum number of packets queued per flow. Defaults to
5647 unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5648
5649 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
e83562e5
YW
5650 </listitem>
5651 </varlistentry>
5652
5653 <varlistentry>
c03ef420 5654 <term><varname>QuantumBytes=</varname></term>
e83562e5
YW
5655 <listitem>
5656 <para>Specifies the credit per dequeue RR round, i.e. the amount of bytes a flow is allowed
5657 to dequeue at once. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes,
5658 Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to unset and kernel's
5659 default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5660
5661 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
e83562e5
YW
5662 </listitem>
5663 </varlistentry>
5664
5665 <varlistentry>
c03ef420 5666 <term><varname>InitialQuantumBytes=</varname></term>
e83562e5
YW
5667 <listitem>
5668 <para>Specifies the initial sending rate credit, i.e. the amount of bytes a new flow is
5669 allowed to dequeue initially. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as
5670 Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to unset and
5671 kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8 5672
aefdc112 5673 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
e83562e5
YW
5674 </listitem>
5675 </varlistentry>
5676
5677 <varlistentry>
18de0969 5678 <term><varname>MaximumRate=</varname></term>
e83562e5
YW
5679 <listitem>
5680 <para>Specifies the maximum sending rate of a flow. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the
6b8fe4c3 5681 specified size is parsed as Kilobits, Megabits, or Gigabits, respectively, to the base of
e83562e5 5682 1000. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5683
5684 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
e83562e5
YW
5685 </listitem>
5686 </varlistentry>
5687
5688 <varlistentry>
18de0969 5689 <term><varname>Buckets=</varname></term>
e83562e5
YW
5690 <listitem>
5691 <para>Specifies the size of the hash table used for flow lookups. Defaults to unset and
5692 kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5693
5694 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
e83562e5
YW
5695 </listitem>
5696 </varlistentry>
5697
5698 <varlistentry>
18de0969 5699 <term><varname>OrphanMask=</varname></term>
e83562e5
YW
5700 <listitem>
5701 <para>Takes an unsigned integer. For packets not owned by a socket, fq is able to mask a part
5702 of hash and reduce number of buckets associated with the traffic. Defaults to unset and
5703 kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5704
5705 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
e83562e5
YW
5706 </listitem>
5707 </varlistentry>
5708
5709 <varlistentry>
18de0969 5710 <term><varname>Pacing=</varname></term>
e83562e5
YW
5711 <listitem>
5712 <para>Takes a boolean, and enables or disables flow pacing. Defaults to unset and kernel's
5713 default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5714
5715 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
e83562e5
YW
5716 </listitem>
5717 </varlistentry>
5718
5719 <varlistentry>
18de0969 5720 <term><varname>CEThresholdSec=</varname></term>
e83562e5
YW
5721 <listitem>
5722 <para>Takes a timespan. This sets a threshold above which all packets are marked with ECN
5723 Congestion Experienced (CE). Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5724
5725 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
e83562e5
YW
5726 </listitem>
5727 </varlistentry>
0f5bd7fe
SS
5728 </variablelist>
5729 </refsect1>
5730
9b749c11
YW
5731 <refsect1>
5732 <title>[TrivialLinkEqualizer] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
5733 <para>The [TrivialLinkEqualizer] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of trivial link
5734 equalizer (teql).</para>
9b749c11
YW
5735
5736 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
5737 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
5738 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
d8b2396d 5739
9b749c11
YW
5740 <varlistentry>
5741 <term><varname>Id=</varname></term>
5742 <listitem>
5743 <para>Specifies the interface ID <literal>N</literal> of teql. Defaults to <literal>0</literal>.
5744 Note that when teql is used, currently, the module <constant>sch_teql</constant> with
5745 <constant>max_equalizers=N+1</constant> option must be loaded before
5746 <command>systemd-networkd</command> is started.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5747
5748 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
9b749c11
YW
5749 </listitem>
5750 </varlistentry>
5751 </variablelist>
5752 </refsect1>
5753
b934ac3d
YW
5754 <refsect1>
5755 <title>[HierarchyTokenBucket] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
5756 <para>The [HierarchyTokenBucket] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of hierarchy token
5757 bucket (htb).</para>
b934ac3d
YW
5758
5759 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
5760 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
5761 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
b934ac3d
YW
5762
5763 <varlistentry>
5764 <term><varname>DefaultClass=</varname></term>
5765 <listitem>
5766 <para>Takes the minor id in hexadecimal of the default class. Unclassified traffic gets sent
5767 to the class. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5768
5769 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
b934ac3d
YW
5770 </listitem>
5771 </varlistentry>
d9eacc1c
YW
5772
5773 <varlistentry>
5774 <term><varname>RateToQuantum=</varname></term>
5775 <listitem>
5776 <para>Takes an unsigned integer. The DRR quantums are calculated by dividing the value
5777 configured in <varname>Rate=</varname> by <varname>RateToQuantum=</varname>.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5778
5779 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
d9eacc1c
YW
5780 </listitem>
5781 </varlistentry>
b934ac3d
YW
5782 </variablelist>
5783 </refsect1>
5784
19f86a63
YW
5785 <refsect1>
5786 <title>[HierarchyTokenBucketClass] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
5787 <para>The [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] section manages the traffic control class of hierarchy token bucket
5788 (htb).</para>
19f86a63
YW
5789
5790 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
5791 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="tclass-parent" />
5792 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="tclass-classid" />
19f86a63
YW
5793
5794 <varlistentry>
5795 <term><varname>Priority=</varname></term>
5796 <listitem>
5797 <para>Specifies the priority of the class. In the round-robin process, classes with the lowest
d9eacc1c 5798 priority field are tried for packets first.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5799
5800 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
d9eacc1c
YW
5801 </listitem>
5802 </varlistentry>
5803
5804 <varlistentry>
5805 <term><varname>QuantumBytes=</varname></term>
5806 <listitem>
5807 <para>Specifies how many bytes to serve from leaf at once. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the
5808 specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of
5809 1024.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5810
5811 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
d9eacc1c
YW
5812 </listitem>
5813 </varlistentry>
5814
5815 <varlistentry>
5816 <term><varname>MTUBytes=</varname></term>
5817 <listitem>
5818 <para>Specifies the maximum packet size we create. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified
5819 size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5820
5821 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
d9eacc1c
YW
5822 </listitem>
5823 </varlistentry>
5824
5825 <varlistentry>
5826 <term><varname>OverheadBytes=</varname></term>
5827 <listitem>
5828 <para>Takes an unsigned integer which specifies per-packet size overhead used in rate
5829 computations. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes,
5830 Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5831
5832 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
19f86a63
YW
5833 </listitem>
5834 </varlistentry>
5835
5836 <varlistentry>
5837 <term><varname>Rate=</varname></term>
5838 <listitem>
5839 <para>Specifies the maximum rate this class and all its children are guaranteed. When suffixed
5840 with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobits, Megabits, or Gigabits, respectively,
5841 to the base of 1000. This setting is mandatory.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5842
5843 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
19f86a63
YW
5844 </listitem>
5845 </varlistentry>
5846
5847 <varlistentry>
5848 <term><varname>CeilRate=</varname></term>
5849 <listitem>
5850 <para>Specifies the maximum rate at which a class can send, if its parent has bandwidth to spare.
5851 When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobits, Megabits, or Gigabits,
5852 respectively, to the base of 1000. When unset, the value specified with <varname>Rate=</varname>
5853 is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5854
5855 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
19f86a63
YW
5856 </listitem>
5857 </varlistentry>
d9eacc1c
YW
5858
5859 <varlistentry>
5860 <term><varname>BufferBytes=</varname></term>
5861 <listitem>
5862 <para>Specifies the maximum bytes burst which can be accumulated during idle period. When suffixed
5863 with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively,
5864 to the base of 1024.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5865
5866 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
d9eacc1c
YW
5867 </listitem>
5868 </varlistentry>
5869
5870 <varlistentry>
5871 <term><varname>CeilBufferBytes=</varname></term>
5872 <listitem>
5873 <para>Specifies the maximum bytes burst for ceil which can be accumulated during idle period.
5874 When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes,
5875 respectively, to the base of 1024.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5876
5877 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
d9eacc1c
YW
5878 </listitem>
5879 </varlistentry>
7f224020
SS
5880 </variablelist>
5881 </refsect1>
5882
5883 <refsect1>
5884 <title>[HeavyHitterFilter] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
5885 <para>The [HeavyHitterFilter] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Heavy Hitter Filter
5886 (hhf).</para>
7f224020
SS
5887
5888 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
5889 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
5890 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
19f86a63 5891
7f224020
SS
5892 <varlistentry>
5893 <term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
5894 <listitem>
e9dd6984 5895 <para>Specifies the hard limit on the queue size in number of packets. When this limit is reached,
69978eb9 5896 incoming packets are dropped. An unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967294. Defaults to unset and
e9dd6984 5897 kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5898
5899 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
7f224020
SS
5900 </listitem>
5901 </varlistentry>
19f86a63
YW
5902 </variablelist>
5903 </refsect1>
5904
b12aaee5
SS
5905 <refsect1>
5906 <title>[QuickFairQueueing] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
5907 <para>The [QuickFairQueueing] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Quick Fair Queueing
5908 (QFQ).</para>
b12aaee5
SS
5909
5910 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
5911 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
5912 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
5913 </variablelist>
5914 </refsect1>
5915
4d7ddaf9
YW
5916 <refsect1>
5917 <title>[QuickFairQueueingClass] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
5918 <para>The [QuickFairQueueingClass] section manages the traffic control class of Quick Fair Queueing
5919 (qfq).</para>
4d7ddaf9
YW
5920
5921 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
5922 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="tclass-parent" />
5923 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="tclass-classid" />
5924
5925 <varlistentry>
5926 <term><varname>Weight=</varname></term>
5927 <listitem>
1d3a473b 5928 <para>Specifies the weight of the class. Takes an integer in the range 1…1023. Defaults to
4d7ddaf9 5929 unset in which case the kernel default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5930
5931 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
4d7ddaf9
YW
5932 </listitem>
5933 </varlistentry>
5934
5935 <varlistentry>
c03ef420 5936 <term><varname>MaxPacketBytes=</varname></term>
4d7ddaf9 5937 <listitem>
75909cc7
ZJS
5938 <para>Specifies the maximum packet size in bytes for the class. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the
5939 specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of
5940 1024. When unset, the kernel default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5941
5942 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
4d7ddaf9
YW
5943 </listitem>
5944 </varlistentry>
5945 </variablelist>
5946 </refsect1>
5947
13b498f9
TJ
5948 <refsect1>
5949 <title>[BridgeVLAN] Section Options</title>
03a46b5e
YW
5950 <para>
5951 The [BridgeVLAN] section manages the VLAN ID configurations of a bridge master or port, and accepts the
5952 following keys. To make the settings in this section take an effect,
5953 <varname>VLANFiltering=</varname> option has to be enabled on the bridge master, see the [Bridge]
5954 section in
5955 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.netdev</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
5956 If at least one valid settings specified in this section in a .network file for an interface, all
5957 assigned VLAN IDs on the interface that are not configured in the .network file will be removed. If
5958 VLAN IDs on an interface need to be managed by other tools, then the settings in this section cannot
5959 be used in the matching .network file.
5960 </para>
b9e6e925
YW
5961
5962 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
5963 <varlistentry>
5964 <term><varname>VLAN=</varname></term>
5965 <listitem>
5966 <para>The VLAN ID allowed on the port. This can be either a single ID or a range M-N. Takes an
5967 integer in the range 1…4094. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is
5968 assigned, then the all previous assignments are cleared.</para>
5969
5970 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v231"/>
5971 </listitem>
5972 </varlistentry>
5973 <varlistentry>
5974 <term><varname>EgressUntagged=</varname></term>
5975 <listitem>
5976 <para>The VLAN ID specified here will be used to untag frames on egress. Configuring
5977 <varname>EgressUntagged=</varname> implicates the use of <varname>VLAN=</varname> above and will
5978 enable the VLAN ID for ingress as well. This can be either a single ID or a range M-N. This
5979 setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is assigned, then the all previous
5980 assignments are cleared.</para>
5981
5982 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v231"/>
5983 </listitem>
5984 </varlistentry>
5985 <varlistentry>
5986 <term><varname>PVID=</varname></term>
5987 <listitem>
5988 <para>The port VLAN ID specified here is assigned to all untagged frames at ingress. Takes an
5989 VLAN ID or negative boolean value (e.g. <literal>no</literal>). When false, the currently
5990 assigned port VLAN ID will be dropped. Configuring <varname>PVID=</varname> implicates the use of
5991 <varname>VLAN=</varname> setting in the above and will enable the VLAN ID for ingress as well.
5992 Defaults to unset, and will keep the assigned port VLAN ID if exists.</para>
5993
5994 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v231"/>
5995 </listitem>
5996 </varlistentry>
5997 </variablelist>
13b498f9 5998 </refsect1>
798d3a52
ZJS
5999
6000 <refsect1>
9e35b3de 6001 <title>Examples</title>
798d3a52 6002 <example>
9e35b3de 6003 <title>Static network configuration</title>
798d3a52 6004
9e35b3de
ZJS
6005 <programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/50-static.network
6006[Match]
eac684ef
TG
6007Name=enp2s0
6008
6009[Network]
6010Address=192.168.0.15/24
6011Gateway=192.168.0.1</programlisting>
9e35b3de
ZJS
6012
6013 <para>This brings interface <literal>enp2s0</literal> up with a static address. The
6014 specified gateway will be used for a default route.</para>
798d3a52 6015 </example>
eac684ef 6016
798d3a52 6017 <example>
9e35b3de 6018 <title>DHCP on ethernet links</title>
eac684ef 6019
9e35b3de
ZJS
6020 <programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/80-dhcp.network
6021[Match]
eac684ef
TG
6022Name=en*
6023
6024[Network]
9c8ca3f7 6025DHCP=yes</programlisting>
9e35b3de
ZJS
6026
6027 <para>This will enable DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 on all interfaces with names starting with
6028 <literal>en</literal> (i.e. ethernet interfaces).</para>
798d3a52 6029 </example>
eac684ef 6030
4c94a4c2 6031 <example>
d4579825 6032 <title>IPv6 Prefix Delegation (DHCPv6 PD)</title>
4c94a4c2 6033
d4579825 6034 <programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/55-dhcpv6-pd-upstream.network
4c94a4c2 6035[Match]
6036Name=enp1s0
6037
6038[Network]
d4579825 6039DHCP=ipv6
4c94a4c2 6040
d4579825
YW
6041# The below setting is optional, to also assign an address in the delegated prefix
6042# to the upstream interface. If not necessary, then comment out the line below and
6043# the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section.
6044DHCPPrefixDelegation=yes
6045
6046# If the upstream network provides Router Advertisement with Managed bit set,
6047# then comment out the line below and WithoutRA= setting in the [DHCPv6] section.
6048IPv6AcceptRA=no
6049
6050[DHCPv6]
6051WithoutRA=solicit
6052
6053[DHCPPrefixDelegation]
6054UplinkInterface=:self
6055SubnetId=0
6056Announce=no</programlisting>
6057
6058 <programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/55-dhcpv6-pd-downstream.network
4c94a4c2 6059[Match]
6060Name=enp2s0
6061
6062[Network]
d4579825 6063DHCPPrefixDelegation=yes
e5ff2245 6064IPv6SendRA=yes
d4579825
YW
6065
6066# It is expected that the host is acting as a router. So, usually it is not
6067# necessary to receive Router Advertisement from other hosts in the downstream network.
6068IPv6AcceptRA=no
6069
6070[DHCPPrefixDelegation]
6071UplinkInterface=enp1s0
6072SubnetId=1
6073Announce=yes</programlisting>
4c94a4c2 6074
e5ff2245
YW
6075 <para>This will enable DHCPv6-PD on the interface enp1s0 as an upstream interface where the
6076 DHCPv6 client is running and enp2s0 as a downstream interface where the prefix is delegated to.
6077 The delegated prefixes are distributed by IPv6 Router Advertisement on the downstream network.
6078 </para>
4c94a4c2 6079 </example>
6080
d4579825
YW
6081 <example>
6082 <title>IPv6 Prefix Delegation (DHCPv4 6RD)</title>
6083
6084 <programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/55-dhcpv4-6rd-upstream.network
6085[Match]
6086Name=enp1s0
6087
6088[Network]
6089DHCP=ipv4
6090
6091# When DHCPv4-6RD is used, the upstream network does not support IPv6.
6092# Hence, it is not necessary to wait for Router Advertisement, which is enabled by default.
6093IPv6AcceptRA=no
6094
6095[DHCPv4]
6096Use6RD=yes</programlisting>
6097
6098 <programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/55-dhcpv4-6rd-downstream.network
6099[Match]
6100Name=enp2s0
6101
6102[Network]
6103DHCPPrefixDelegation=yes
6104IPv6SendRA=yes
6105
6106# It is expected that the host is acting as a router. So, usually it is not
6107# necessary to receive Router Advertisement from other hosts in the downstream network.
6108IPv6AcceptRA=no
6109
6110[DHCPPrefixDelegation]
6111UplinkInterface=enp1s0
6112SubnetId=1
6113Announce=yes</programlisting>
6114
6115 <para>This will enable DHCPv4-6RD on the interface enp1s0 as an upstream interface where the
6116 DHCPv4 client is running and enp2s0 as a downstream interface where the prefix is delegated to.
6117 The delegated prefixes are distributed by IPv6 Router Advertisement on the downstream network.
6118 </para>
6119 </example>
6120
798d3a52 6121 <example>
9e35b3de 6122 <title>A bridge with two enslaved links</title>
f47c5c47 6123
bc33789a
JB
6124 <programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/25-bridge-static.netdev
6125[NetDev]
6126Name=bridge0
6127Kind=bridge</programlisting>
6128
9e35b3de
ZJS
6129 <programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/25-bridge-static.network
6130[Match]
f47c5c47 6131Name=bridge0
6132
6133[Network]
6134Address=192.168.0.15/24
6135Gateway=192.168.0.1
6136DNS=192.168.0.1</programlisting>
f47c5c47 6137
9e35b3de
ZJS
6138 <programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/25-bridge-slave-interface-1.network
6139[Match]
f47c5c47 6140Name=enp2s0
6141
6142[Network]
6143Bridge=bridge0</programlisting>
9e35b3de
ZJS
6144
6145 <programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/25-bridge-slave-interface-2.network
6146[Match]
6147Name=wlp3s0
6148
6149[Network]
6150Bridge=bridge0</programlisting>
6151
6152 <para>This creates a bridge and attaches devices <literal>enp2s0</literal> and
6153 <literal>wlp3s0</literal> to it. The bridge will have the specified static address
6154 and network assigned, and a default route via the specified gateway will be
6155 added. The specified DNS server will be added to the global list of DNS resolvers.
6156 </para>
13b498f9 6157 </example>
9e35b3de 6158
13b498f9 6159 <example>
55ac274e 6160 <title>Bridge port with VLAN forwarding</title>
13b498f9 6161
9e35b3de 6162 <programlisting>
55ac274e 6163# /etc/systemd/network/25-bridge-slave-interface-1.network
9e35b3de 6164[Match]
13b498f9
TJ
6165Name=enp2s0
6166
6167[Network]
6168Bridge=bridge0
6169
6170[BridgeVLAN]
6171VLAN=1-32
6172PVID=42
6173EgressUntagged=42
6174
6175[BridgeVLAN]
6176VLAN=100-200
6177
6178[BridgeVLAN]
6179EgressUntagged=300-400</programlisting>
0a8a0fad 6180
9e35b3de
ZJS
6181 <para>This overrides the configuration specified in the previous example for the
6182 interface <literal>enp2s0</literal>, and enables VLAN on that bridge port. VLAN IDs
6183 1-32, 42, 100-400 will be allowed. Packets tagged with VLAN IDs 42, 300-400 will be
6184 untagged when they leave on this interface. Untagged packets which arrive on this
6185 interface will be assigned VLAN ID 42.</para>
798d3a52 6186 </example>
0a8a0fad 6187
798d3a52 6188 <example>
9e35b3de 6189 <title>Various tunnels</title>
0a8a0fad 6190
9e35b3de
ZJS
6191 <programlisting>/etc/systemd/network/25-tunnels.network
6192[Match]
6193Name=ens1
0a8a0fad
TG
6194
6195[Network]
9e35b3de
ZJS
6196Tunnel=ipip-tun
6197Tunnel=sit-tun
6198Tunnel=gre-tun
6199Tunnel=vti-tun
6200 </programlisting>
6201
6202 <programlisting>/etc/systemd/network/25-tunnel-ipip.netdev
6203[NetDev]
6204Name=ipip-tun
6205Kind=ipip
6206 </programlisting>
6207
6208 <programlisting>/etc/systemd/network/25-tunnel-sit.netdev
6209[NetDev]
6210Name=sit-tun
6211Kind=sit
6212 </programlisting>
6213
6214 <programlisting>/etc/systemd/network/25-tunnel-gre.netdev
6215[NetDev]
6216Name=gre-tun
6217Kind=gre
6218 </programlisting>
6219
6220 <programlisting>/etc/systemd/network/25-tunnel-vti.netdev
6221[NetDev]
6222Name=vti-tun
6223Kind=vti
6224 </programlisting>
6225
6226 <para>This will bring interface <literal>ens1</literal> up and create an IPIP tunnel,
6227 a SIT tunnel, a GRE tunnel, and a VTI tunnel using it.</para>
798d3a52 6228 </example>
0a8a0fad 6229
798d3a52 6230 <example>
9e35b3de 6231 <title>A bond device</title>
0a8a0fad 6232
9e35b3de
ZJS
6233 <programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/30-bond1.network
6234[Match]
6235Name=bond1
0a8a0fad
TG
6236
6237[Network]
9e35b3de
ZJS
6238DHCP=ipv6
6239</programlisting>
0a8a0fad 6240
9e35b3de
ZJS
6241 <programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/30-bond1.netdev
6242[NetDev]
6243Name=bond1
6244Kind=bond
6245</programlisting>
0a8a0fad 6246
301a21a8 6247 <programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/30-bond1-dev1.network
9e35b3de
ZJS
6248[Match]
6249MACAddress=52:54:00:e9:64:41
0a8a0fad
TG
6250
6251[Network]
9e35b3de
ZJS
6252Bond=bond1
6253</programlisting>
d94facdc 6254
301a21a8 6255 <programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/30-bond1-dev2.network
9e35b3de
ZJS
6256[Match]
6257MACAddress=52:54:00:e9:64:42
d94facdc
MH
6258
6259[Network]
9e35b3de 6260Bond=bond1
6cb955c6 6261</programlisting>
9e35b3de
ZJS
6262
6263 <para>This will create a bond device <literal>bond1</literal> and enslave the two
6264 devices with MAC addresses 52:54:00:e9:64:41 and 52:54:00:e9:64:42 to it. IPv6 DHCP
6265 will be used to acquire an address.</para>
6cb955c6
AR
6266 </example>
6267
6268 <example>
9e35b3de
ZJS
6269 <title>Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF)</title>
6270 <para>Add the <literal>bond1</literal> interface to the VRF master interface
6271 <literal>vrf1</literal>. This will redirect routes generated on this interface to be
11d38b90
AR
6272 within the routing table defined during VRF creation. For kernels before 4.8 traffic
6273 won't be redirected towards the VRFs routing table unless specific ip-rules are added.
6274 </para>
9e35b3de
ZJS
6275 <programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/25-vrf.network
6276[Match]
6cb955c6
AR
6277Name=bond1
6278
6279[Network]
9e35b3de 6280VRF=vrf1
d94facdc
MH
6281</programlisting>
6282 </example>
6283
42125eda
SS
6284 <example>
6285 <title>MacVTap</title>
6286 <para>This brings up a network interface <literal>macvtap-test</literal>
6287 and attaches it to <literal>enp0s25</literal>.</para>
83ddf5d3 6288 <programlisting># /usr/lib/systemd/network/25-macvtap.network
42125eda
SS
6289[Match]
6290Name=enp0s25
6291
6292[Network]
6293MACVTAP=macvtap-test
6294</programlisting>
6295 </example>
98d20a17 6296
6297 <example>
6298 <title>A Xfrm interface with physical underlying device.</title>
6299
6300 <programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/27-xfrm.netdev
6301[NetDev]
6302Name=xfrm0
0d03e672 6303Kind=xfrm
98d20a17 6304
6305[Xfrm]
6306InterfaceId=7</programlisting>
6307
6308 <programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/27-eth0.network
6309[Match]
6310Name=eth0
6311
6312[Network]
6313Xfrm=xfrm0</programlisting>
6314
6315 <para>This creates a <literal>xfrm0</literal> interface and binds it to the <literal>eth0</literal> device.
6316 This allows hardware based ipsec offloading to the <literal>eth0</literal> nic.
6317 If offloading is not needed, xfrm interfaces can be assigned to the <literal>lo</literal> device.
6318 </para>
6319 </example>
798d3a52
ZJS
6320 </refsect1>
6321
6322 <refsect1>
6323 <title>See Also</title>
13a69c12
DT
6324 <para><simplelist type="inline">
6325 <member><citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></member>
6326 <member><citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-networkd.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></member>
6327 <member><citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.link</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry></member>
6328 <member><citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.netdev</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry></member>
6329 <member><citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-network-generator.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></member>
6330 <member><citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></member>
6331 </simplelist></para>
798d3a52 6332 </refsect1>
eac684ef
TG
6333
6334</refentry>